Document:

exv10w7

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

LONE STAR HOLDING CORP.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 2, 2006

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 

	 	ARTICLE I	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	DEFINITIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.1.

	 	Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	Section 1.2.

	 	Definitions Cross References	 	 	8	 
	Section 1.3.

	 	General Interpretive Principles
	 	 	10	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE II	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.1.

	 	Representations and Warranties of the Parties
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.2.

	 	Representations and Warranties of the Company
	 	 	12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE III	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	GOVERNANCE	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.1.

	 	Board of Directors	 	 	12	 
	Section 3.2.

	 	Voting	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.3.

	 	Protective Provisions	 	 	16	 
	Section 3.4.

	 	VCOC Stockholders	 	 	17	 
	Section 3.5.

	 	Benefits of ARTICLE III
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE IV	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.1.

	 	General Restrictions on Transfers	 	 	19	 
	Section 4.2.

	 	Permitted Transfers to Affiliates and Permitted Transferees	 	 	20	 
	Section 4.3.

	 	Restrictions on Transfers by Non-H&F Stockholders
	 	 	20	 
	Section 4.4.

	 	Tag-Along Rights	 	 	21	 
	Section 4.5.

	 	Drag-Along Rights	 	 	23	 
	Section 4.6.

	 	Rule 144 Sales	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE V	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	REGISTRATION RIGHTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.1.

	 	Certain Definitions
	 	 	26	 
	Section 5.2.

	 	Shelf Registration	 	 	27	 
	Section 5.3.

	 	Demand Registration	 	 	33	 
	Section 5.4.

	 	Piggyback Registration	 	 	35	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	Section 5.5.

	 	Expenses of Registration
	 	 	36	 
	Section 5.6.

	 	Obligations of the Company
	 	 	36	 
	Section 5.7.

	 	Indemnification	 	 	39	 
	Section 5.8.

	 	Information by Holder
	 	 	41	 
	Section 5.9.

	 	Transfer of Registration Rights
	 	 	41	 
	Section 5.10.

	 	Delay of Registration
	 	 	41	 
	Section 5.11.

	 	Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights
	 	 	41	 
	Section 5.12.

	 	Rule 144 Reporting
	 	 	42	 
	Section 5.13.

	 	“Market Stand Off” Agreement
	 	 	42	 
	Section 5.14.

	 	Termination of Registration Rights
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE VI	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.1.

	 	Right of Participation	 	 	43	 
	Section 6.2.

	 	Excluded Transactions
	 	 	46	 
	Section 6.3.

	 	Certain Definitions Used in Section 6.3	 	 	46	 
	Section 6.4.

	 	Qualifying H&F Financings	 	 	47	 
	Section 6.5.

	 	Termination of ARTICLE VI
	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE VII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	PURCHASE OF SHARES ON TERMINATION OF	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	EMPLOYMENT OF MANAGEMENT INVESTORS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.1.

	 	General
	 	 	48	 
	Section 7.2.

	 	Call	 	 	49	 
	Section 7.3.

	 	Settlement with Company Note
	 	 	49	 
	Section 7.4.

	 	Call Option of the H&F Investors
	 	 	50	 
	Section 7.5.

	 	Certain Definitions used in this ARTICLE VII	 	 	50	 
	Section 7.6.

	 	Exclusion of Rollover Shares
	 	 	51	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE VIII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.1.

	 	Further Assurances
	 	 	51	 
	Section 8.2.

	 	Restriction on Employee Equity Program
	 	 	51	 
	Section 8.3.

	 	Legend on Share Equivalent Certificates	 	 	52	 
	Section 8.4.

	 	Reimbursement	 	 	52	 
	Section 8.5.

	 	Information Rights
	 	 	53	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE IX	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ADDITIONAL PARTIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.1.

	 	Additional Parties
	 	 	53	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 

	 	ARTICLE X	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INDEMNIFICATION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.1.

	 	Indemnification of Stockholders	 	 	53	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE XI	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.1.

	 	Entire Agreement
	 	 	54	 
	Section 11.2.

	 	Specific Performance
	 	 	55	 
	Section 11.3.

	 	Governing Law
	 	 	55	 
	Section 11.4.

	 	Arbitration
	 	 	55	 
	Section 11.5.

	 	Obligations
	 	 	56	 
	Section 11.6.

	 	Consents, Approvals and Actions	 	 	56	 
	Section 11.7.

	 	Amendment and Waiver	 	 	56	 
	Section 11.8.

	 	Assignment of Rights by the H&F Investors
	 	 	57	 
	Section 11.9.

	 	Binding Effect
	 	 	57	 
	Section 11.10.

	 	Termination
	 	 	57	 
	Section 11.11.

	 	Notices
	 	 	57	 
	Section 11.12.

	 	Severability
	 	 	57	 
	Section 11.13.

	 	Counterparts
	 	 	58	 
	Section 11.14.

	 	Assumption of Obligations
	 	 	58	 

iii

 

LONE STAR HOLDING CORP.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

          This STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of May 2, 2006, by and among
Lone Star Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the
“Company”), Lone Star Merger Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, “Merger
Sub”), and each of the following (hereinafter severally referred to as a “Stockholder”
and collectively referred to as the “Stockholders”): (a) Hellman & Friedman Capital
Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“H&F V”), Hellman & Friedman Capital
Partners V (Parallel), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“H&F V Parallel”), and Hellman
& Friedman Capital Associates V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“H&F Associates
V” and, together with H&F V and H&F V Parallel, the “Initial H&F Investors”); (b) Thoma
Cressey Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TCEP Fund VII”), Thoma Cressey
Friends Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TCEP Friends VII”), and Thoma
Cressey Fund VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TCEP Fund VIII” and, together
with TCEP Fund VII and TCEP Friends VII, the “Initial TCEP Investors”); (c) JMI Equity Fund
V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“JMI Fund V”), and JMI Equity Fund V (AI), L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (“JMI Fund V (AI)” and, together with JMI Fund V, the
“Initial JMI Investors”), (d) the other signatories hereto listed on Schedule I
(the “Initial Management Investors”), and (e) any other Person who becomes a party hereto
pursuant to ARTICLE IX.

          WHEREAS, pursuant to an Investors Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2006 (as amended
from time to time, the “Investors Subscription Agreement”), among the Company, Merger Sub,
the Initial H&F Investors, the Initial TCEP Investors and the Initial JMI Investors, the Initial
H&F Investors, the Initial TCEP Investors and the Initial JMI Investors subscribed for shares of
Common Stock, respectively, as set forth on Schedule 1 to such agreement, and the Initial H&F
Investors subscribed for one share of Series A Preferred Stock and, as a condition of receipt of
each of such shares, are required to enter into this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, Pervez Qureshi, pursuant to a Rollover Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2006, among the
Company, ASHI and Pervez Qureshi agreed to the assumption of certain of his options to acquire
shares of common stock of ASHI as Options (the “Rollover Options”) and, as a condition to
such assumption, is required to enter into this Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, each of the Initial Management Investors, pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, dated
as of May 2, 2006 (each a “Management Subscription Agreement” and, collectively, the
“Management Subscription Agreements”), between the Company and such Initial Management
Investor agreed to acquire shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth therein and, as a condition of receipt of such shares, is required to enter into this
Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company desire to provide for the management of the Company
and to set forth the respective rights and obligations of the Stockholders generally.

 

 

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the
parties mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:

          “Activant” means Activant Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its
successors and assigns.

          “Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information which,
in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company, (i)
would be required to be made in any report or Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the
Company so that such report or Registration Statement would not be materially misleading; (ii)
would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of
such report Registration Statement; and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business
purpose for not disclosing publicly.

          “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. The term “control,” as used in
this definition, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise. “Controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to
the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company, its Subsidiaries and its other
controlled Affiliates shall not be considered Affiliates of any Stockholder, (ii) none of the H&F
Investors shall be considered Affiliates of any portfolio company in which the H&F Investors or any
of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment, (iii) none of the TCEP
Investors shall be considered Affiliates of any portfolio company in which the TCEP Investors or
any of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment and (iv) none of the
JMI Investors shall be considered Affiliates of any portfolio company in which the JMI Investors or
any of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment.

          “Agreement” means this Stockholders Agreement (including the schedule attached hereto)
as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified.

          “ASHI” means Activant Solutions Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with
its successors and assigns.

          “Beneficial ownership” and “beneficially own” and similar terms have the
meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however that (i)
no Stockholder shall be deemed to beneficially own any securities of the Company held by any other
Stockholder solely by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this definition) and
(ii) with respect to any Securities held by a Stockholder that are exercisable for, or convertible
into, Shares upon delivery of consideration to the Company, such Shares shall not be

2

 

deemed to be beneficially owned by such Stockholder unless, until and to the extent such
Securities have been exercised or converted and such consideration has been delivered by such
Stockholder to the Company.

          “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or one on which banks are
authorized by law to be closed in San Francisco, California or Austin, Texas.

          “Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

          “Covered Stockholder” means (i) prior to an Initial Public Offering, any of the H&F
Investors and (ii) after an Initial Public Offering, any of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors
and the JMI Investors.

          “Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder” means, with respect to a Tag-Along Sale, each
Stockholder that is not an Affiliate of the Selling Covered Stockholders for such Tag-Along Sale;
provided, however that no Management Investor shall be an Eligible Tag-Along
Stockholder with respect to such Tag-Along Sale unless such Tag-Along Sale constitutes a transfer,
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than fifty percent (50%) of
the outstanding Share Equivalents.

          “Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, community or other marital property interest,
right of first option, right of first refusal, mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance (except
as resulting from the express terms of this Agreement).

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

          “Fair Market Value” means (i) with respect to cash consideration, the total amount of
such cash consideration in United States dollars, (ii) with respect to non-cash consideration
consisting of publicly-traded securities, the average daily closing sales price of such securities
for the ten (10) consecutive trading days preceding the date the Fair Market Value of such
securities is required to be determined hereunder (with the closing price for each day being the
last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day,
the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the
principal national securities exchange on which such securities are listed and admitted to trading,
or, if not listed and admitted to trading on any such exchange on the NASDAQ National Market
System, or if not quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, the average of the closing bid and
asked prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm
selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose) and (iii) with respect to Share
Equivalents prior to an Initial Public Offering and other non-cash consideration not consisting of
publicly-traded securities, such amount as is determined to be the fair market value thereof, as of
the date such Fair Market Value is required to be determined hereunder, as determined in good faith
by the Board.

          “FMV per Share” means the price per Share or other Security, as applicable, that a
Third Party would pay on an arm’s-length basis in connection with the sale of the number of

3

 

Shares or other Securities that are applicable under the circumstances in which “FMV per
Share” is being determined, in each case (i) after giving effect to all of the voting, transfer and
other rights and obligations under this Agreement that would apply to a Third Party purchaser of
such Share or Security that became a signatory to this Agreement as a Stockholder pursuant to
Section 4.1(c) hereof, but (ii) without giving effect to any proposed valuations of the Company or
any of the Shares or other Securities that are disclosed by the Company or any Stockholder to any
Third Party in connection with the negotiation of any acquisition, strategic investment or other
transaction involving an issuance (or potential issuance) of Shares or other Securities.

          “H&F Investors” means the Initial H&F Investors that hold Share Equivalents and any of
their Affiliates that hold Share Equivalents and have become parties to this Agreement pursuant to
ARTICLE IX.

          “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the Company’s initial underwritten
public offering of Shares, which is registered under the Securities Act.

          “Initial Valuation” means $1.00 per Share.

          “JMI Investors” means the Initial JMI Investors that hold Share Equivalents and any of
their Affiliates that hold Share Equivalents and have become parties to this Agreement pursuant to
ARTICLE IX.

          “Management Investor” means (i) each Initial Management Investor for so long as he or
she holds Share Equivalents or any options or other rights to acquire Share Equivalents, (ii) any
other individual who (A) holds Share Equivalents or Options, (B) has become a party to this
Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE IX and (C) is a director, employee or consultant of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries at the time he or she becomes a party to this Agreement and (iii) any
Permitted Transferee of any of the Stockholders identified in the immediately foregoing clauses (i)
and (ii).

          “Mandatorily Exchangeable Securities” means, with respect to any particular Qualifying
H&F Financing, any security of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries that (A) is mandatorily
exchangeable into the Permanent Securities with respect to such Qualifying H&F Financing in the
manner set forth in Section 6.4(d)(i) and (B) has such other rights, privileges and preferences as
shall be negotiated between the Company and the H&F Investors or their Affiliates.

          “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2006,
among the Company, Lone Star Merger Corp. and ASHI, as amended from time to time.

          “Non-H&F Stockholders” means each of the Stockholders other than the H&F Investors.

          “Options” shall mean any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise
acquire Shares granted pursuant to any employment or consulting agreement with the Company or its
Subsidiaries or pursuant to any equity compensation plan or program of the Company.

4

 

          “Other Management Investors” means each of the Management Investors other than Pervez
Qureshi and his Permitted Transferees.

          “Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to a Management Investor, (i) a trust or
custodianship the beneficiaries of which may include only such Management Investor, his or her
spouse and his or her lineal descendants (including children by adoption and step children) or (ii)
any limited liability company or partnership (A) with respect to which all of the outstanding
equity interests are beneficially owned solely by such Management Investor, his or her spouse and
his or her lineal descendants (including children by adoption and step children) and (B) with
respect to which such Management Investor is the sole manager or managing member (if a limited
liability company) or the sole general partner (if a limited partnership) and otherwise has the
sole power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies, directly or indirectly,
of such limited liability company or partnership, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

          “Person” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited
liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture,
unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of
whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

          “Plan Asset Regulations” means the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor
at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, or
any successor regulations.

          “Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance by the
Company of its obligations under ARTICLE V, including (i) all SEC, stock exchange, or NASDAQ
registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified
independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 2720 of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (or any successor provision), and of its counsel), (ii) all fees and
expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel
for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities),
(iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or NASDAQ and
all rating agency fees, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its
independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or comfort letters
required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vi) any fees and disbursements of
underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of securities, including liability
insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and
expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, (vii) the fees and
out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one law firm (as selected by the holders of a majority of
the Registrable Securities included in such registration) incurred by all the Holders in connection
with the registration (the “Majority Holder Counsel”), (viii) if any of the H&F Investors,
TCEP Investors or JMI Investors are selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration
and are not represented by the Majority Holder Counsel, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
separate law firms of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors and/or the JMI Investors, as applicable
(provided, that the aggregate fees and out-of-pocket

5

 

expenses of each such separate law firm with respect to such registration do not exceed $5,000
or such greater amount if consented to by the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld)), (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor
presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of
the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders) and
(ix) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.

          “Restricted Share Equivalents” means all Share Equivalents other than (i) Share
Equivalents, the offer and sale of which have been registered under a registration statement
pursuant to the Securities Act and sold thereunder, (ii) Share Equivalents, with respect to which a
sale or other disposition has been made in reliance on and in accordance with Rule 144 (or any
successor provision) under the Securities Act, or (iii) Share Equivalents, with respect to which
the holder thereof shall have delivered to the Company either (a) an opinion of counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, delivered by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the Company, or (b) a “no action” letter from the SEC, in either case to the effect that subsequent
transfers of such Share Equivalents may be effected without registration under the Securities Act.

          “Restricted Shares” means any Shares that are subject to vesting in connection with
the continued employment with, or engagement by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          “SEC” means the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

          “Securities” means any equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
including any Shares, any Share Equivalents, any Series A Preferred Stock or any other Voting
Securities.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and
the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

          “Share Equivalents” means (i) Shares (other than Restricted Shares), (ii) the number
of Shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any security that is currently
exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for, as of any such date of determination, Shares
without payment to the Company of any additional consideration and (iii) solely with respect to
Section 4.4, Section 4.5 and Section 4.6, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of Options
that are vested and exercisable as of any such date of determination.

          “Shares” means any shares of Common Stock.

          “Significant Stockholder” means any Stockholder (other than a Management Investor)
that, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding
Share Equivalents.

          “Sponsor Stockholder” means any H&F Investor, TCEP Investor or JMI Investor.

6

 

          “Stockholders” means each of the Stockholders specified in the preamble and each
additional Person who becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE IX hereof as a holder
of Share Equivalents.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) a majority of
the total voting power of shares of stock or equivalent ownership interests entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers,
trustees or other members of the applicable governing body thereof is at the time owned or
Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if no such governing body exists at such entity, a
majority of the total voting power of shares of stock or equivalent ownership interests of the
entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more
Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons
shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership,
association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of
limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or
shall be or Control the managing member or general partner of such limited liability company,
partnership, association or other business entity.

          “Tag-Along Termination Event” means the earlier of (i) such time as either the H&F
Investors or the TCEP Investors no longer beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least five percent
(5%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents and (ii) such time beginning on the third
(3rd) anniversary of the Initial Public Offering as either the H&F Investors or the TCEP
Investors no longer beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least ten percent (10%) of the
outstanding Share Equivalents.

          “TCEP Investors” means the Initial TCEP Investors for so long as they hold Share
Equivalents and any of their Affiliates that hold any class of Share Equivalents and have become
parties to this Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE IX.

          “TCEP Threshold Amount” means five percent (5%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents;
provided, however that, for so long as the JMI Investors are entitled to designate
the JMI Designated Director pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i)(C) or to nominate the JMI Nominee
pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(B) and the JMI Investors have not irrevocably waived such designation
and nomination rights, the TCEP Threshold Amount shall be two percent (2%) of the outstanding Share
Equivalents.

          “Third Party” means any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or any
Stockholder.

          “Voting Security” means (a) the Share Equivalents and (b) any other securities that
are permitted by their terms to vote together with the Share Equivalents.

7

 

Section 1.2. Definitions Cross References.

	 	 	 
	Terms     	 	Section 
	Accepting Participation Stockholder
	 	6.1(b)(i)
	Appraiser
	 	7.2(c)
	Call
	 	7.1
	Call Date
	 	7.5(a)
	Call Price
	 	7.5(b)
	Call Shares
	 	7.1
	Call Termination Date
	 	7.5(c)
	Cause
	 	7.5(d)
	Certificates
	 	4.6(a)
	Common Stock
	 	2.2(a)
	Company
	 	Preamble
	Company Note
	 	7.3
	Contribution Amount
	 	6.4(a)
	Demand Period
	 	5.3(c)
	Demand Registration
	 	5.3(a)
	Dispute
	 	11.4
	Drag-Along Sale
	 	4.5
	Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder
	 	4.6(a)
	Eligible Take-Down Holders
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Good Reason
	 	7.5(e)
	H&F Associates V
	 	Preamble
	H&F Designated Director
	 	3.1(b)(i)(E)
	H&F Financing Notice
	 	6.4(a)
	H&F Initiating Holders
	 	5.1(f)
	H&F Nominees
	 	3.1(c)(i)(C)
	H&F V
	 	Preamble
	H&F V Parallel
	 	Preamble
	Holder and Holders
	 	5.1(e)
	Indemnified Liabilities
	 	10.1(a)
	Indemnified Party
	 	5.7(c)
	Indemnifying Party
	 	5.7(c)
	Indemnities
	 	10.1(a)
	Initial H&F Investors
	 	Preamble
	Initial JMI Investors
	 	Preamble
	Initial Management Investors
	 	Preamble
	Initial TCEP Investors
	 	Preamble
	Initiating Holders
	 	5.3(a)
	Interim Securities
	 	6.4(b)
	Investors Subscription Agreement
	 	Recitals
	JAMS
	 	11.4
	JMI Designated Director
	 	3.1(b)(i)(C)
	JMI Fund V
	 	Preamble
	JMI Fund V (AI)
	 	Preamble

8

 

	 	 	 
	Terms 	 	Section 
	JMI Nominee
	 	3.1(c)(i)(B)
	JMI Observer
	 	3.1(b)(iv)
	Majority Participants Counsel
	 	6.1(e)
	Management Subscription Agreement(s)
	 	Recitals
	Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down
	 	5.2(e)(iv)
	Observers
	 	3.1(b)(iv)
	Other Management Holders
	 	5.1(i)
	Participation Closing
	 	6.1(f)
	Participation Notice
	 	6.1(a)
	Participation Portion
	 	6.3(a)
	Participation Securities
	 	6.3(b)
	Participation Stockholder
	 	6.3(c)
	Per Security Price
	 	6.4(a)
	Permanent Securities
	 	6.4(a)
	Post-Closing Issuance
	 	6.3(d)
	Preferred Stock
	 	2.2(a)
	Pre-IPO Period
	 	3.1(b)(i)
	Pro Rata Rule 144 Share
	 	4.6(d)(i)
	Pro Rata Tag-Along Share
	 	4.4(d)(i)
	Pro Rata Take-Down Share
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(D)(1)
	Proposed Funding Date
	 	6.4(a)
	Proposed Transferee
	 	4.4(a)
	Prospective Subscriber
	 	6.1(a)(i)
	Prospectus
	 	5.1(d)
	Qualifying H&F Financing
	 	6.4(a)
	register, registered and registration
	 	5.1(a)
	Registrable Securities
	 	5.1(b)
	Registration Statement
	 	5.1(a)
	Restricted Shelf Holder
	 	5.1(h)
	Restricted Shelf Take-Down
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Rollover Options
	 	Recitals
	Rule 144 Broker
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Notice
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Sale Participation Notice
	 	4.6(b)
	Rule 144 Sale Percentage
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Sales
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Sellers
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders
	 	4.6(a)
	Rule 144 Tagging Stockholders
	 	4.6(a)
	Selling Covered Stockholders
	 	4.4(a)
	Series A Director
	 	3.1(b)(i)(D)
	Series A Preferred Stock
	 	2.2(a)
	Shelf Holder
	 	5.2(a)

9

 

	 	 	 
	Terms 	 	Section 
	Shelf Period
	 	5.2(b)
	Shelf Registration Notice
	 	5.2(a)
	Shelf Registration Statement
	 	5.1(c)
	Shelf Suspension
	 	5.2(c)
	Shelf Take-Down
	 	5.1(j)
	Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Shelf Take-Down Percentage
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	Tag-Along Participation Notice
	 	4.4(b)
	Tag-Along Sale
	 	4.4(a)
	Tag-Along Sale Percentage
	 	4.4(a)
	Tag-Along Sellers
	 	4.4(a)
	Tagging Stockholders
	 	4.4(a)
	Take-Down Participation Notice
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(B)
	Take-Down Tagging Holders
	 	5.2(e)(ii)(A)
	TCEP Designated Director
	 	3.1(b)(i)(B)
	TCEP Friends VII
	 	Preamble
	TCEP Friends VIII
	 	Preamble
	TCEP Fund VII
	 	Preamble
	TCEP Fund VIII
	 	Preamble
	TCEP Initiating Holders
	 	5.1(j)
	TCEP Initiating Holders
	 	5.1(g)
	TCEP Nominee
	 	3.1(c)(i)(A)
	TCEP Observer
	 	3.1(b)(iv)
	Third Party Holder
	 	5.1(k)
	Third Party Shelf Holder
	 	5.2(a)
	Transfer Notice
	 	4.4(a)
	Transfer Restriction Period
	 	4.3
	Underwritten Shelf Take-Down
	 	5.2(e)(iii)(A)
	Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice
	 	5.2(e)(iii)(A)
	Valuation
	 	6.4(c)
	Valuation Firm
	 	6.4(a)
	Valuation Firm Notice
	 	6.4(a)
	Valuation Price
	 	6.4(c)
	VCOC Stockholder
	 	3.4(a)

     Section 1.3. General Interpretive Principles. The name assigned to this Agreement and
the section captions used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed
to affect the meaning, construction or effect hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the terms
“hereof,” “herein” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, and references herein to
Articles or Sections refer to Articles or Sections of this Agreement. For purposes of this
Agreement, the words, “include,” “includes” and “including,” when used herein, shall be deemed in
each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “dollars” and “$” shall mean
United States dollars. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Shares underlying unexercised Options
that have been issued by the Company shall not be deemed “outstanding” for any purposes in this
Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and

10

 

drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises,
this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden
of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of
this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Parties. Each of the parties
hereto hereby represents and warrants to each of the other parties on the date hereof (and in
respect of Persons who become a party to this Agreement after the date hereof, such party hereby
represents and warrants to each of the other parties on the date of its execution of this
Agreement) as follows:

          (a) Such party, to the extent applicable, is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and
has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and is
proposed to be conducted.

          (b) Such party has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform
this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have
been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, of such party. This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its, his or her legal,
valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it, him or her in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally.

          (c) The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement, the performance by such party
of its, his or her obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
herein by such party does not and will not violate (A) in the case of parties who are not
individuals, any provision of its by-laws, charter, articles of association, partnership agreement
or other similar document, (B) any provision of any material agreement to which it, he or she is a
party or by which it, he or she is bound or (C) any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or
decree to which it, he or she is subject.

          (d) No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or
declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with the execution,
delivery or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated herein.

          (e) Such party is not currently in violation of any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or
decree, which violation could reasonably be expected at any time to have a material adverse effect
upon such party’s ability to enter into this Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations
hereunder.

11

 

          (f) There is no pending legal action, suit or proceeding that would materially and adversely
affect the ability of such party to enter into this Agreement or to perform its, his or her
obligations hereunder.

     Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company The Company represents and
warrants, as of the date hereof, to each of the Stockholders as follows:

          (a) The authorized capital
stock of the Company consists of (i) 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(the “Preferred Stock”), none of which were issued or outstanding immediately following the
consummation of all the transactions under the Investors Subscription Agreement, (ii) one share of
Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), which
share was issued and outstanding immediately following the consummation of all the transactions
under the Investors Subscription Agreement, and (iii) 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of which 61,406,213 were issued and outstanding
immediately following the consummation of all the transactions under the Investors Subscription
Agreement and the Management Subscription Agreements.

          (b) The proceeds received from the initial issuance of Share Equivalents upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Investors Subscription Agreement have been and shall be
used solely to finance the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the repayment of
indebtedness of ASHI and its Subsidiaries, to pay related fees and expenses and to fund the working
capital and general corporate purposes of Activant.

ARTICLE III

GOVERNANCE

     Section 3.1. Board of Directors.

          (a) Board Size. The size of the Board shall be determined in the manner set forth
from time to time in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. As of the date hereof,
the authorized size of the Board is eight (8) directors and the Board is comprised of (i) Pervez
Qureshi (the Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the date hereof), (ii) Orlando Bravo (who
is the initial TCEP Designated Director), (iii) Paul Barber (who is the initial JMI Designated
Director), (iv) David Tunnell (who is the initial Series A Director) and (v) Andy Ballard, Marcel
Bernard, Scott Crabill and Allen Thorpe (each of whom is an initial H&F Designated Director).

          (b) Board Representation Prior to Initial Public Offering.

     (i) From the date hereof until the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (the
“Pre-IPO Period”), each Stockholder agrees that it, he or she will vote, or execute
a written consent in lieu thereof with respect to, all of the Voting Securities beneficially
owned or held of record by it, him or her or cause all of the Voting Securities beneficially
owned by it, him or her to be voted, or cause a written consent in lieu thereof to be
executed, to elect and, during such period, to continue in office a Board consisting solely
of the following (subject to the other provisions of this Section 3.1):

	 	(A)	 	the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

12

 

	 	(B)	 	subject to Section 3.1(b)(ii), one (1) designee of the TCEP
Investors (taken together) (the “TCEP Designated Director”);
provided, however, that, for so long as TCEP Fund VIII owns any
Share Equivalents, it shall have the sole right to exercise the rights of the
TCEP Investors under this Section 3.1(b);
	 
	 	(C)	 	subject to Section 3.1(b)(ii), one (1) designee of the JMI
Investors (taken together) (the “JMI Designated Director”);
provided, however, that, for so long as JMI Fund V owns any
Share Equivalents, it shall have the sole right to exercise the rights of the
JMI Investors under this Section 3.1(b);
	 
	 	(D)	 	one designee of the holder of the share of Series A Preferred
Stock for so long as such holder shall be permitted to designate a director
pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A
Director”); and
	 
	 	(E)	 	the designees of the H&F Investors with respect to all
remaining members of the Board (with at least one of such designees being
designated by H&F V for so long as H&F V owns any Share Equivalents) (the
“H&F Designated Directors”).

     (ii) If at any time during the Pre-IPO Period, the TCEP Investors no longer
beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least the TCEP Threshold Amount, then the director
designation right of the TCEP Investors pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i)(B) will reduce to zero
(0) directors. If at any time during the Pre-IPO Period, the JMI Investors no longer
beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least two percent (2%) of the outstanding Share
Equivalents, then the director designation right of the JMI Investors pursuant to Section
3.1(b)(i)(C) will reduce to zero (0) directors.

     (iii) In the event that the H&F Investors determine to remove a H&F Designated
Director, the TCEP Investors determine to remove the TCEP Designated Director or the JMI
Investors determine to remove the JMI Designated Director, each of the Stockholders will
take any action that may be required by the Company’s stockholders in order to effect such
removal and appoint a successor H&F Designated Director, TCEP Designated Director or JMI
Designated Director, as applicable. In the event that the director designation right of the
TCEP Investors or the JMI Investors is reduced pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(ii), unless the
H&F Investors otherwise agree in writing, the TCEP Investors or the JMI Investors, as
applicable, shall cause such director to resign promptly from the Board.

     (iv) If at any time during the Pre-IPO Period, the TCEP Investors are not permitted to
designate a TCEP Designated Director pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i)(B) or the H&F Investors
do not continue to designate Scott Crabill as a H&F Designated Director, then the TCEP
Investors (taken together) shall be entitled to appoint one (1) non-voting board observer
(the “TCEP Observer”) for so long as the TCEP Investors beneficially own, in the
aggregate, at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents. If at any time
during the Pre-IPO Period, the JMI Investors are not permitted to designate a JMI Designated
Director pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i)(C), then

13

 

the JMI Investors (taken together) shall be entitled to appoint one (1) non-voting
board observer (the “JMI Observer,” and together with the TCEP Observer, the
“Observers”) for so long as the JMI Investors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at
least one percent (1%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents. Each Observer shall be
entitled to attend all regular and special meetings (telephonic or in person) of the Board
and receive all written materials provided to members of the Board prior to and at such
meetings, except to the extent the receipt of such materials would prevent the Company from
asserting attorney-client privilege with respect to such materials. Each Observer may be
required by the Board to temporarily leave a meeting of the Board if the presence of such
Observer at such time would prevent the Company from asserting attorney-client privilege
with respect to matters discussed before the Board at such time.

     (c) Board Representation After an Initial Public Offering.

     (i) After the Pre-IPO Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules
of the principal stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares are
then traded or listed, the Stockholders shall have the following rights in connection with
each election of directors of the Company:

	 	(A)	 	the TCEP Investors shall have the right to nominate one
individual for election to the Board for so long as the TCEP Investors
beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least the TCEP Threshold Amount (such
individual, the “TCEP Nominee”); provided, however,
that, for so long as TCEP VIII owns any Share Equivalents, it shall have the
sole right to exercise the rights of the TCEP Investors under this Section
3.1(c); provided, further that the foregoing right shall not
apply with respect to any such election if the Board is divided into multiple
classes of directors, a TCEP Nominee has previously been elected to the Board
and the term of such TCEP Nominee is not expiring concurrently with such
election;
	 
	 	(B)	 	the JMI Investors shall have the right to nominate one
individual for election to the Board for so long as the JMI Investors
beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least two percent (2%) of the
outstanding Share Equivalents of the Company (such individual, the “JMI
Nominee”); provided, however, that, for so long as JMI Fund
V owns any Share Equivalents, it shall have the sole right to exercise the
rights of the JMI Investors under this Section 3.1(c); provided,
further that the foregoing right shall not apply with respect to any
such election if the Board is divided into multiple classes of directors, a JMI
Nominee has previously been elected to the Board and the term of such JMI
Nominee is not expiring concurrently with such election; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	the H&F Investors shall have the right to nominate a number of
individuals for election to the Board equal to the product of the following
(such individuals, the “H&F Nominees”) (with at least one of such
nominees initially being nominated by H&F V if it shall continue to be a
Stockholder at such time): (i) the percentage of the outstanding Share

14

 

	 	 	 	Equivalents beneficially owned by the H&F Investors, taken together, and
(ii) the number of directors then on the Board; provided;
however that such product shall be rounded up to the nearest whole
number; provided, further that, if the Board is divided into
multiple classes of directors, the foregoing right shall not apply with
respect to any such election to the extent that one or more of the H&F
Nominees has previously been elected to the Board and the term or terms of
such H&F Nominee(s) is not or are not expiring concurrently with such
election.

     (ii) For so long as the TCEP Investors, the JMI Investors or the H&F Investors have the
right to nominate a TCEP Nominee, JMI Nominee or H&F Nominees, as the case may be, for
election pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i), in connection with each election of directors, the
Company shall nominate such TCEP Nominee, JMI Nominee or H&F Nominees, as the case may be,
for election as a director as part of the slate that is included in the proxy statement (or
consent solicitation or similar document) of the Company relating to the election of
directors, and shall provide the highest level of support for the election of such TCEP
Nominee, JMI Nominee or H&F Nominees, as the case may be, as it provides to any other
individual standing for election as a director of the Company as part of the Company’s slate
of directors. Each Stockholder shall vote all of its Voting Securities in favor of each
TCEP Nominee, JMI Nominee and H&F Nominee nominated in accordance therewith.

     (iii) In the event that the TCEP Nominee shall cease to serve as a director for any
reason (other than the failure of the stockholders of the Company to elect such individual
as a director), the TCEP Investors shall have the right to appoint another TCEP Nominee to
fill the vacancy resulting therefrom. In the event that the JMI Nominee shall cease to
serve as a director for any reason (other than the failure of the stockholders of the
Company to elect such individual as a director), the JMI Investors shall have the right to
appoint another JMI Nominee to fill the vacancy resulting therefrom. In the event that an
H&F Nominee shall cease to serve as a director for any reason (other than the failure of the
stockholders of the Company to elect such individual as a director), the H&F Investors shall
have the right to appoint another H&F Nominee to fill the vacancy resulting therefrom. For
the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the failure of the stockholders of the Company
to elect any TCEP Nominee, JMI Nominee or H&F Nominee shall not affect the right of the TCEP
Investors, the JMI Investors or the H&F Investors, as the case may be, to designate a TCEP
Nominee, JMI Nominee or H&F Nominees, as the case may be, for election pursuant to Section
3.1(c)(i) in connection with any future election of directors of the Company.

15

 

     Section 3.2. Voting. For so long as the H&F Investors beneficially own at least
twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents, each Non-H&F Stockholder agrees to vote
at any stockholders meeting (or in any written consent in lieu thereof) all of the Voting
Securities owned or held of record by it, him or her or cause all of the Voting Securities
beneficially owned by it, him or her to be voted at any stockholders meeting (or in any written
consent in lieu thereof), in the same manner as the H&F Investors vote the Voting Securities
beneficially owned
by them at such meeting (or in such written consent in lieu thereof) with respect to the
following matters:

          (a) any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (or equivalent organizational
and governing documents) of the Company; provided, however, that this Section
3.2(a) shall not apply to any TCEP Investor or JMI Investor with respect to any such amendment that
adversely affects such TCEP Investor or JMI Investor relative to the H&F Investors (for the
avoidance of doubt, it is understood that none of the following would be deemed to adversely affect
any of the TCEP Investors or the JMI Investors relative to the H&F Investors: (A) an increase in
the authorized capital stock of the Company, (B) the creation of any new class or series of equity
interests (provided that the Company complies with ARTICLE VI with respect to the issuance
of any such new class or series of equity interests), or (C) amendments (other than any amendment
to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock) made in connection with any reorganization of the
Company effected to facilitate an Initial Public Offering or the acquisition of the Company by
merger or consolidation subject to the provisions of Section 4.5 (provided that in such
reorganization or acquisition each share of each class or series of capital stock held by the TCEP
Investors and the JMI Investors is treated the same as each share of the same class or series of
capital stock held by the H&F Investors));

          (b) any voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

          (c) the approval of any employee benefit, stock option or equity incentive plan recommended by
the Board.

     Section 3.3. Protective Provisions.

          (a) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, without the prior written consent
of the TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors, enter into any transaction with the H&F Investors or
any of their Affiliates, other than (A) any transaction or agreement between the Company or one if
its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a portfolio company of the H&F Investors or any of their
Affiliates, on the other hand, that is negotiated at arm’s length between the Company or such
Subsidiary and such portfolio company and (B) subject to Section 3.3(d), issuances of securities to
the H&F Investors or their Affiliates with respect to which the TCEP Investors and the JMI
Investors have pre-emptive rights hereunder.

          (b) For so long as the TCEP Investors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least five
percent (5%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall, without the prior written consent of the TCEP Investors, acquire all or substantially all of
the assets or equity securities of any other business (including any division or

16

 

business segment
of any other Person) for aggregate consideration with a Fair Market Value of less than $100
million.

          (c) The Company and Activant will hire and terminate their respective Chief Executive Officers
only after having consulted with, and considered in good faith the views of, the H&F Investors, the
TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors.

          (d) This Section 3.3 will terminate immediately prior to an Initial Public Offering.

     Section 3.4. VCOC Stockholders.

          (a) With respect to each H&F Investor, TCEP Investor and JMI Investor and, at the request of
an H&F Investor, TCEP Investor or JMI Investor, each Affiliate thereof that directly or indirectly
has an interest in the Company, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital
operating company” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations (each, a “VCOC Stockholder”),
for so long as the VCOC Stockholder, directly or through one or more conduit subsidiaries,
continues to hold any Share Equivalents or Series A Preferred Stock, in each case without
limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to any of the H&F Investors, TCEP Investors or
JMI Investors hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Stockholder:

          (i) Provide such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with the following:

          (A) the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, at such times as the VCOC Stockholder shall reasonably
request;

          (B) as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end
of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company,
consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of
such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and
its Subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis,
except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to
year-end adjustments;

          (C) as soon as available and in any event within one-hundred twenty (120) days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of
the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated
statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year
then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein,
together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national
reputation;

17

 

          (D) to the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required by law or
pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company or such
Subsidiary to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other
periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually
prepared by the Company or such Subsidiary as soon as available; and

          (E) copies of all materials provided to the Board at substantially the same
time as provided to the members of the Board and, if requested copies of the
materials provided to the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any
Subsidiary of the Company, provided, that the Company or such Subsidiary
shall be entitled to exclude portions of such materials to the extent providing such
portions would be reasonably likely to result in the waiver of attorney-client
privilege.

          (ii) Make appropriate officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and members of the
Board available periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by such VCOC
Stockholder for consultation with such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative
with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, including significant changes in management personnel and compensation of
employees, introduction of new products or new lines of business, important acquisitions or
dispositions of plants and equipment, significant research and development programs, the
purchasing or selling of important trademarks, licenses or concessions or the proposed
commencement or compromise of significant litigation;

          (iii) Give such VCOC Stockholder, if such VCOC Stockholder does not at such time have
the right to designate one or more directors or non-voting board observers pursuant to
Section 3.1 above, the right to designate one (1) non-voting board observer who will be
entitled to attend all meetings of the Board and participate in all deliberations of the
Board, provided that such observer shall have no voting rights with respect to
actions taken or elected not to be taken by the Board, and provided,
further, that the Company shall be entitled to exclude such observer from such
portions of a Board meeting to the extent such observer’s presence would be reasonably
likely to result in the waiver of attorney-client privilege; and

          (iv) Provide such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with such other
rights of consultation which such VCOC Stockholder’s counsel may determine to be reasonably
necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify
its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan
Assets Regulation.

               (b) The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of each VCOC
Stockholder or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is
consulted as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such
matters shall be retained by the Company.

18

 

     Section 3.5. Benefits of ARTICLE III  The provisions of this ARTICLE III are solely
for the benefit of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors and only the H&F
Investors, the TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors shall have any rights or remedies in respect of
ARTICLE III; provided, however, (a) that the H&F Investors shall have the right to
assign (i) their rights to designate any H&F Designated Director or to nominate any H&F Nominee to
any other Person to whom such H&F Investor transfers Share Equivalents in accordance with ARTICLE
IV, and (ii) any of their other rights and remedies in respect of ARTICLE III to any Person in
connection with the consummation of any transaction subject to
the provisions of Section 4.5 and (b) that the TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors shall have the
right to assign their rights and remedies in respect of Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.4 (excluding
Section 3.4(a)(i)(E), Section 3.4(a)(iii) and Section 3.4(iv)) to any other Person to whom such
TCEP Investor or JMI Investor transfers Share Equivalents in accordance with ARTICLE IV (for the
avoidance of doubt, it is understood that none of the TCEP Investors or JMI Investors shall have
the right to assign any of their other rights and remedies in respect of ARTICLE III).

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

     Section 4.1. General Restrictions on Transfers.

          (a) During the Pre-IPO Period, no Stockholder may sell, exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate,
gift or otherwise transfer or dispose of (all of which acts shall be deemed included in the term
“transfer” as used in this Agreement) any legal, economic or beneficial interest in any
Securities (whether held in its own right or by its representative) unless (i) such transfer of
Securities is made on the books of the Company and is not in violation of the provisions of this
ARTICLE IV and (ii) the transferee of such Securities (if other than (A) the Company or another
Stockholder, (B) a transferee in a sale of Securities made under Rule 144 or any successor
provision under the Securities Act, or (C) a transferee of Shares pursuant to an offer and sale
registered under the Securities Act) agrees to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE
IX hereof and executes such further documents as may be necessary, in the judgment of the Company,
to make him, her or it a party hereto.

          (b) Any purported transfer of Securities other than in accordance with this Agreement by any
Stockholder shall be null and void, and the Company shall refuse to recognize any such transfer for
any purpose and shall not reflect in its records any change in record ownership of Securities
pursuant to any such transfer.

          (c) The Company shall not issue any Share Equivalents upon original issue or reissue or
otherwise dispose of any Share Equivalents (other than Share Equivalents registered under the
Securities Act) unless the recipient or transferee of such Share Equivalents (if other than a
Stockholder) shall agree to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE IX hereof and
executes such further documents as may be necessary, in the judgment of the Company, to make him,
her or it a party hereto.

          (d) Each Stockholder acknowledges that the Restricted Share Equivalents have not been
registered under the Securities Act and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from

19

 

registration under
the Securities Act. Each Stockholder agrees that it will not transfer any Restricted Share
Equivalents at any time if such action would constitute a violation of any securities laws of any
applicable jurisdiction or a breach of the conditions to any exemption from registration of
Restricted Shares under any such laws or a breach of any undertaking or agreement of such
Stockholder entered into pursuant to such laws or in connection with
obtaining an exemption thereunder. Each Stockholder agrees that any Restricted Share
Equivalents to be held by it, him or her shall bear the restrictive legend set forth in Section
8.3.

          (e) No Stockholder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting
trust with respect to any Securities or enter into any agreements or arrangements of either kind
with any person with respect to any Securities inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement
(whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with other Stockholders or holders of
Securities who are not parties to this Agreement), including agreements or arrangements with
respect to the acquisition, disposition or voting (if applicable) of any Securities, nor shall any
Stockholder act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other persons in
connection with the acquisition, disposition or voting (if applicable) of any Securities in any
manner which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

     Section 4.2. Permitted Transfers to Affiliates and Permitted Transferees.

          (a) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.3, each Stockholder (other than a Management
Investor) may (i) transfer any or all of the Share Equivalents held by it to any of its Affiliates
without complying with the provisions of this ARTICLE IV, other than Section 4.1; provided,
however, that, with respect to a transfer to an Affiliate, (x) such Affiliate shall have
agreed with all parties hereto, in a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Company,
that it will immediately convey record and beneficial ownership of all Share Equivalents and all
rights and obligations hereunder to such Stockholder or another Affiliate of such Stockholder if it
ceases to be an Affiliate of such Stockholder and (y) as a condition to such transfer, such
Affiliate shall become a party to this Agreement as provided in Section 4.1(a) and (ii) distribute
any or all of the Share Equivalents held by it to its partners, members or other investors without
complying with the provisions of this ARTICLE IV, other than Section 4.1 (but excluding clause (ii)
of Section 4.1(a)).

          (b) Each Stockholder that is a Management Investor may transfer any or all of the Share
Equivalents held by him or her to a Permitted Transferee without complying with the provisions of
this ARTICLE IV other than Section 4.1; provided that (i) such Permitted Transferee shall
have agreed with all parties hereto, in a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, that he, she or it will immediately convey record and beneficial ownership of all Share
Equivalents and all rights and obligations hereunder to such Management Investor or another
Permitted Transferee of such Management Investor if he, she or it ceases to be a Permitted
Transferee of such Management Investor and (ii) as a condition to such transfer, such Permitted
Transferee shall become a party to this Agreement as provided in Section 4.1(a).

     Section 4.3. Restrictions on Transfers by Non-H&F Stockholders. During the period
beginning on the date hereof and ending concurrently with the expiration of such period, if any,
following an Initial Public Offering during which each H&F Investor shall have agreed with the
underwriters of such Initial Public Offering to be, and shall remain obligated to be, subject to

20

 

lock-up restrictions in respect of the Share Equivalents held by the H&F Investors (it being
understood that if the H&F Investors do not agree to become subject to any such lock-up
restrictions, then the end of the Transfer Restriction Period shall occur upon the completion of
such Initial Public Offering) (such period, the “Transfer Restriction Period”), (a) the
Non-H&F Stockholders shall not transfer any Share Equivalents to any Person, except transfers (x)
to
Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.2, (y) pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 4.4 and Section 4.5 or (z) upon receipt of the prior written consent
of the H&F Investors and (b) the H&F Investors shall not transfer any Share Equivalents to any
Person, except transfers (x) to Affiliates pursuant to Section 4.2 or (y) pursuant to and in
compliance with Section 4.4 or Section 4.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, in no event shall any Stockholder be permitted to distribute Share Equivalents during the
Transfer Restriction Period to its partners, members or other investors.

     Section 4.4. Tag-Along Rights.

          (a) Subject to Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(f), if one or more of the Covered Stockholders
proposes to transfer Share Equivalents (a “Tag-Along Sale”) to another Person (other than
to an Affiliate), such Covered Stockholder or Covered Stockholders (the “Selling Covered
Stockholders”) shall give written notice (a “Transfer Notice”) of such proposed
transfer to each of the other Stockholders that is an Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder with respect
to such Tag-Along Sale at least fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of such proposed
transfer, setting forth (i) the number of Share Equivalents proposed to be transferred, (ii) the
consideration to be received for such Share Equivalents by such Selling Covered Stockholders, (iii)
the identity of the purchaser (the “Proposed Transferee”), (iv) any other material terms
and conditions of the proposed Transfer, (v) the date of the proposed Transfer, (vi) the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Share Equivalents to be purchased
from the Selling Covered Stockholders by the total number of Share Equivalents held by the Selling
Covered Stockholders (the “Tag Along Sale Percentage”) and (vii) an invitation to each
Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder to elect (Eligible Tag-Along Stockholders who make such an election
being “Tagging Stockholders,” and, together with the Selling Covered Stockholders and all
other Persons (other than any Affiliates of the Selling Covered Stockholders) who otherwise are
transferring, or have exercised a contractual or other right to transfer, Share Equivalents in
connection with such Tag-Along Sale, the “Tag Along Sellers”) to include in the Tag-Along
Sale Share Equivalents held by such Tagging Stockholder (not in any event to exceed the Tag Along
Sale Percentage of the total number of Share Equivalents held by such Tagging Stockholder).

          (b) Upon delivery of a Transfer Notice, each Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder may elect to sell
Share Equivalents in such Tag-Along Sale, at the same price per Share Equivalent and pursuant to
the same terms and conditions with respect to payment for the Share Equivalents as agreed to by the
Selling Covered Stockholders, by sending an irrevocable written notice (a “Tag Along
Participation Notice”) to the Selling Covered Stockholders within ten (10) days of the date of
the Transfer Notice, indicating its, his or her election to sell up to the number of Share
Equivalents in the Tag-Along Sale specified by such Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder in such Tag
Along Participation Notice (such specified number not in any event to exceed the Tag Along Sale
Percentage of the total number of Share Equivalents held by such Eligible Tag-Along Stockholder).
Following such ten-day period, each Tagging Stockholder that has delivered a Tag Along
Participation Notice shall be permitted to sell to such Proposed Transferee on the terms

21

 

and
conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice, concurrently with the Selling Covered Stockholders and
the other Tag Along Sellers, the number of Share Equivalents calculated pursuant to Section 4.4(d).
For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that in order to be entitled to exercise its, his or
her right to sell Share Equivalents in a Tag-Along Sale pursuant to this Section 4.4, each Tagging
Stockholder must agree to make to the Proposed Transferee the
same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements as the Selling Covered
Stockholders agree to make in connection with the Tag-Along Sale. With respect to any Shares for
which a Tagging Stockholder holds exercisable and vested but unexercised Options, to the extent
that such Shares are to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.4, such Tagging Stockholder must
exercise the relevant Option (which may include an exercise effected on a “net exercise” basis) and
transfer the relevant Shares (rather than the Option). All costs and expenses incurred by the
Selling Covered Stockholders in connection with such Tag-Along Sale shall be borne on a pro rata
basis in accordance with the number of Share Equivalents being sold by each of the Tag Along
Sellers.

          (c) Notwithstanding the delivery of any Transfer Notice, all determinations as to whether to
complete any Tag-Along Sale and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any such
Tag-Along Sale shall be at the sole discretion of the Selling Covered Stockholders.

          (d) The Tag Along Sellers shall be entitled to sell in the Tag-Along Sale a number of Share
Equivalents calculated as follows:

     (i) first there shall be allocated to each Tag Along Seller a number of Share
Equivalents equal to the lesser of (A) the maximum number of Share Equivalents such Tag
Along Seller has elected to sell in the Tag Along Sale in its, his or her Transfer Notice or
Tag Along Participation Notice and (B) the number of Share Equivalents determined by
multiplying (x) the number of Share Equivalents subject to the Tag-Along Sale by (y) a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of Share Equivalents owned by such Tag Along
Seller and the denominator of which is the total Share Equivalents owned by all Tag Along
Sellers (the “Pro Rata Tag-Along Share”); and

     (ii) any remaining Share Equivalents subject to the Tag-Along Sale shall be allocated
to the Tag Along Sellers that elected to sell in excess of their Pro Rata Tag-Along Share,
pro rata to such Tag Along Sellers based upon such Tag Along Sellers’ relative Pro Rata
Tag-Along Shares, or as such Tag Along Sellers may otherwise agree.

          (e) This Section 4.4 shall not apply to (i) any transfer to an Affiliate or Permitted
Transferee pursuant to Section 4.2, (iii) any transfer in a public offering in accordance with
ARTICLE V, (iv) any transfer pursuant to Rule 144 in accordance with Section 4.6 after an Initial
Public Offering or (v) any distribution of Share Equivalents by a Covered Stockholder to its
partners, members or other investors after the Transfer Restriction Period.

          (f) Except with respect to the Other Management Investors, this Section 4.4 shall terminate on
the later of (i) the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period and (ii) the occurrence of a
Tag-Along Termination Event. With respect to the Other Management Investors, this Section 4.4
shall terminate on the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period.

22

 

     Section 4.5. Drag-Along Rights.

          (a) Subject to Section 4.5(b), the H&F Investors may give notice to the Non-H&F Stockholders
that the H&F Investors intend to enter into (or have agreed to vote the Share Equivalents they
beneficially own, or to execute a written consent in lieu thereof, in favor of) a transaction or
transactions involving the transfer, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Share Equivalents (which
Share Equivalents to be transferred may include Share Equivalents held by the Non-H&F Stockholders
and/or other holders of Share Equivalents) to one or more Persons (other than to an Affiliate of
the H&F Investors) or to cause the Company to merge or consolidate with, or sell all or
substantially all of its assets to, another Person or Persons (other than an Affiliate of the H&F
Investors) (a “Drag-Along Sale”) and that the H&F Investors desire to cause the Non-H&F
Stockholders to participate in such transaction on the same terms and conditions as available to
the H&F Investors, including making the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities
and agreements as the H&F Investors agree to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale. Such
notice shall also specify (i) the consideration, if any, to be received by the H&F Investors and
the Non-H&F Stockholders and any other material terms and conditions of the proposed Drag-Along
Sale (which price and other material terms and conditions shall be the same in all material
respects for the H&F Investors and the Non-H&F Stockholders), (ii) the identity of the other Person
or Persons party to the Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the date of anticipated completion of the proposed
Drag-Along Sale (which date shall be not less than ten (10) days after the date of the notice) and
(iv) the action or actions required of each Non-H&F Stockholder in order to complete or facilitate
such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the sale of Share Equivalents held by the Non-H&F
Stockholder, the voting of all such Share Equivalents in favor of any such merger, consolidation or
sale of assets and the waiver of any related appraisal or dissenters’ rights). Upon receipt of
such notice, each Non-H&F Stockholder shall be obligated to take the action or actions referred to
in clause (iv) above; provided, however, that, in the case of a sale of Shares,
with respect to any Shares for which a Stockholder holds exercisable and vested but unexercised
Options, the price per Share shall be reduced by the exercise price of such Options or, if required
pursuant to the terms of such Options or such Drag-Along Sale, such Stockholder must exercise the
relevant Option (which may include an exercise effected on a “net exercise” basis) and transfer the
relevant Shares (rather than the Option) (in each case, net of any amounts required to be withheld
by the Company in connection with such exercise); and provided, further, that,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in any event the Company shall be
permitted to cause all outstanding Options to be treated in such Drag-Along Sale in any manner as
permitted by their terms, including any applicable equity plans of the Company. If the H&F
Investors are transferring less than all of the Share Equivalents held by the H&F Investors, then
each Non-H&F Stockholder will transfer a number of Share Equivalents equal to the product of the
following: (x) the number of Share Equivalents beneficially owned by such Non-H&F Stockholder
multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents
being transferred by the H&F Investors and the denominator of which equals the aggregate number of
Share Equivalents
beneficially owned by the H&F Investors. All costs and expenses incurred by the
H&F Investors in connection with such transaction shall be borne on a pro rata basis in accordance
with the number of Share Equivalents being sold by each of the H&F Investors, the Non-H&F
Stockholders and all other Persons who otherwise are transferring, or have exercised a contractual
or other right to transfer, Share Equivalents in connection with such transaction.

23

 

          (b) Except with respect to the Other Management Investors, this Section 4.5 shall terminate on
the later of (i) the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period and (ii) such time as the H&F
Investors no longer beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least forty percent (40%) of the
outstanding Share Equivalents. With respect to the Other Management Investors, this Section 4.5
shall terminate on the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period.

     Section 4.6. Rule 144 Sales.

          (a) Subject to Section 4.6(e), if one or more of the Covered Stockholders in good faith
expects to transfer Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (“Rule 144 Sales”), such Covered
Stockholder or Covered Stockholders (hereinafter referred to as the “Rule 144 Selling Covered
Stockholders”) shall provide written notice (a “Rule 144 Notice”) of such Rule 144 Sale
to each of the other Eligible Tag-Along Stockholders that is not an Affiliate of such Rule 144
Selling Covered Stockholders (an “Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder”) as far in advance of such
Rule 144 Sale as shall be reasonably practicable in light of the circumstances applicable to such
Rule 144 Sale, which Rule 144 Notice shall set forth (i) the number of Shares the Rule 144 Selling
Covered Stockholders anticipate selling pursuant to such Rule 144 Sale, (ii) the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Shares anticipated to be sold by
the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders in such Rule 144 Sale by the total number of Share
Equivalents held by the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders (the “Rule 144 Sale
Percentage”), (iii) an invitation to each Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder to elect (Eligible Rule
144 Stockholders who make such an election being “Rule 144 Tagging Stockholders,” and,
together with the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders and all other Persons (other than any
Affiliates of the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders) who otherwise are transferring, or have
exercised a contractual or other right to transfer, Shares in connection with such Rule 144 Sale,
the “Rule 144 Sellers”) to include in the Rule 144 Sale Shares held by such Rule 144
Tagging Stockholder (not in any event to exceed the Rule 144 Sale Percentage of the total number of
Share Equivalents held by such Rule 144 Tagging Stockholder), (iv) the name, address and other
appropriate contact information for the broker(s) (if any) with respect to such Rule 144 Sale
selected by the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholder (the “Rule 144 Broker”) and (v) the
action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Rule 144 Sale
with respect to each Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder that elects to exercise such right (including
the delivery to the Rule 144 Broker of one or more stock certificates representing the Shares of
such Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder to be sold in such Rule 144 Sale (the “Certificates”)
and the delivery of such other certificates, instruments and documents as may be reasonably
requested by the Rule 144 Broker).

          (b) Upon delivery of a Rule 144 Notice, each Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder may elect to sell
Shares in such Rule 144 Sale, at the same price per Share and pursuant to the same terms and
conditions with respect to payment for the Shares as agreed to by the Rule 144 Selling Covered
Stockholders, by sending an irrevocable written notice (a “Rule 144 Sale Participation
Notice”) to the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders within the time period specified in such
Rule 144 Notice, indicating its, his or her election to sell up to the number of Shares in the Rule
144 Sale specified by such Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder in such Rule 144 Sale Participation Notice
(such specified number not in any event to exceed the Rule 144 Sale Percentage of the total number
of Share Equivalents held by such Eligible Rule 144 Stockholder). Following the time period
specified in such Rule 144 Notice, each Rule 144

24

 

Tagging Stockholder that has delivered a Rule 144
Sale Participation Notice shall be permitted to sell in such Rule 144 Sale on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice, concurrently with the Rule 144 Selling Covered
Stockholders and the other Rule 144 Sellers, the number of Shares calculated pursuant to Section
4.6(d). For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that in order to be entitled to exercise its,
his or her right to sell Shares in a Rule 144 Sale pursuant to this Section 4.6, each Rule 144
Tagging Stockholder must agree to make the
same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements, if any, as the Rule
144 Selling Covered Stockholders agree to make in connection with the Rule 144 Sale. With respect
to any Shares for which a Rule 144 Tagging Stockholder holds exercisable and vested but unexercised
Options, to the extent that such Shares are to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.6, such Rule 144
Tagging Stockholder must exercise the relevant Option (which may include an exercise effected on a
“net exercise” basis) and transfer the relevant Shares (rather than the Option). All costs and
expenses incurred by the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders in connection with such Rule 144
Sale shall be borne on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Shares being sold by each
of the Rule 144 Sellers.

          (c) Notwithstanding the delivery of any Rule 144 Notice, all determinations as to whether to
complete any Rule 144 Sale and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any such Rule 144
Sale shall be at the sole discretion of the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders. In the event
that the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders shall elect not to complete an anticipated Rule 144
Sale with respect to which one or more Rule 144 Tagging Stockholders have exercised their right to
sell Shares pursuant to this Section 4.6, the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders shall cause any
Certificates previously delivered to the Rule 144 Broker to be returned to the applicable Rule 144
Tagging Stockholders (except to the extent such Rule 144 Tagging Stockholders elect to participate
in any subsequent anticipated Rule 144 Sale pursuant to a subsequent Rule 144 Notice and, in
connection with such election, instruct that the Certificates of such Rule 144 Tagging Stockholders
be retained by the Rule 144 Broker for purposes of such subsequent anticipated Rule 144 Sale).
Each of the Rule 144 Selling Covered Stockholders agrees to reasonably cooperate with each of the
other Eligible Tag-Along Stockholders to establish notice, delivery and documentation procedures
and measures to facilitate such other Stockholder’s participation in future potential Rule 144
Sales pursuant to this Section 4.6.

          (d) The Rule 144 Sellers shall be entitled to sell in the Rule 144 Sale a number of Shares
calculated as follows:

     (i) first there shall be allocated to each Rule 144 Seller a number of Shares equal to
the lesser of (A) the maximum number of Shares such Tag Along Seller has elected to sell in
the Rule Sale pursuant to its, his or her Rule 144 Notice or Rule 144 Sale Participation
Notice and (B) the number of Shares determined by multiplying (x) the number of Shares
subject to the Rule 144 Sale by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Share
Equivalents owned by such Rule 144 Seller and the denominator of which is the total Share
Equivalents owned by all Rule 144 Sellers (the “Pro Rata Rule 144 Share”); and

     (ii) any remaining Shares subject to the Rule 144 Sale shall be allocated to the Rule
144 Sellers that elected to sell in excess of their Pro Rata Rule 144 Share, pro rata to

25

 

such Rule 144 Sellers based upon such Rule 144 Sellers’ relative Pro Rata Rule 144 Shares,
or as such Rule 144 Sellers may otherwise agree.

          (e) Except with respect to the Other Management Investors, this Section 4.6 shall terminate on
the later of (i) the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period and (ii) the
occurrence of a Tag-Along Termination Event. With respect to the Other Management Investors,
this Section 4.6 shall terminate on the expiration of the Transfer Restriction Period.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     The Company hereby grants to each of the Holders (as defined below) the registration rights
set forth in this ARTICLE V, with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below) owned by
such Holders.

     Section 5.1. Certain Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE V:

          (a) “register”, “registered” and “registration” means a registration
effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC (the “Registration
Statement”) in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering by the SEC
of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

          (b) “Registrable Securities” means (i) Shares held (whether now held or hereafter
acquired) by Stockholders or any transferee pursuant to Section 5.9 below, (ii) any Shares issued
as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is
issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange or in replacement of,
such Registrable Securities and (iii) solely with respect to Section 5.2(e)(ii)(D), the number of
Shares issuable upon exercise of Options that are vested and exercisable as of any such date of
determination; provided, however, that Shares shall cease to be treated as
Registrable Securities if (a) a Registration Statement covering such securities has been declared
effective by the SEC and such security has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration
Statement, (b) a registration statement on Form S-8 covering such securities is effective, (c) such
security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 promulgated under the Securities Act (or another
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act), (d) such security ceases to be
outstanding or (e) the Holder thereof, together with his or her Permitted Transferees (if such
Holder is a Management Investor) or its Affiliates (with respect to any other Holder), beneficially
owns (excluding any securities covered by the foregoing clause (b)) less than one (1%) of the
Shares that are outstanding at such time and such Holder is able to dispose of all of its
Registrable Securities in any ninety (90) day period pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar or
analogous rule) promulgated under the Securities Act.

          (c) “Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed
with the SEC on Form S-3 or on Form S-1 for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant
to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering
the Registrable Securities, as applicable.

26

 

          (d) “Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all
amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other
material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

          (e) “Holder” (collectively, “Holders”) means any Stockholder (and any
transferee pursuant to Section 5.9 below) holding Registrable Securities, securities exercisable or
convertible into Registrable Securities or securities exercisable for securities convertible
into Registrable Securities.

          (f) “H&F Initiating Holders” means one or more H&F Investors that, collectively,
beneficially own at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by
the H&F Investors and any assignee to whom they have transferred rights as an H&F Investor pursuant
to Section 5.9 below.

          (g) “TCEP Initiating Holders” means one or more TCEP Investors that, collectively,
beneficially own at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by
the TCEP Investors and any assignee to whom they have transferred rights as a TCEP Investor
pursuant to Section 5.9 below.

          (h) “Restricted Shelf Holder” means each Shelf Holder that is not an Other Management
Holder.

          (i) “Other Management Holders” means each of the Other Management Stockholders (and
any transferee pursuant to Section 5.9 below) owning Registrable Securities.

          (j) “Shelf Take-Down” means any offering or sale of Registrable Securities by a Shelf
Holder pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

          (k) “Third Party Holder” means any holder (other than a Holder) of Share Equivalents
who exercises contractual rights to participate in a registered offering of Shares.

     Section 5.2. Shelf Registration.

          (a) Filing. Upon a demand by the H&F Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating
Holders (a “Shelf Registration Notice”), and subject to the Company’s rights under Section
5.2(c) and the limitations set forth in Section 5.2(d) and Section 5.2(e), the Company shall (i)
promptly (but in any event no later than 15 days prior to the date such Shelf Registration
Statement is declared effective) give written notice of the proposed registration to all other
Holders; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file as soon as possible with the SEC and
cause to be declared effective under the Securities Act a Shelf Registration Statement as will
permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such H&F Initiating
Holders’ or TCEP Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities, as applicable, as are specified in
such demand, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of (x) any Holder or
Holders joining in such demand as are specified in a written demand received by the Company within
ten (10) days after such written notice is given (each such Holder and each of such H&F Initiating
Holders or H&F Initiating Holders, as the case may be, a “Shelf Holder”) and (y) any Third
Party Holder that joins in such demand (each such Third Party Holder, a “Third Party Shelf
Holder”); provided, however, that any such Shelf Registration Statement demand
shall be

27

 

deemed to be, for purposes of Section 5.3, a Demand Registration effected by the H&F
Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating Holders, as the case may be, and subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 5.3(d); and provided, further, that if the Company
is permitted by applicable law, rule or regulation to add selling stockholders to a Shelf
Registration Statement without filing a post-effective amendment, a Holder may request the
inclusion of such Holder’s shares in such Shelf Registration Statement at any time or from time to
time, and the Company shall add such
Registrable Securities to the Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as reasonably
practicable, and such Holder shall be deemed a Shelf Holder. If, on the date of any such demand,
the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement, then the provisions of Section
5.3 hereof shall apply instead of this Section 5.2. In no event shall the Company be required to
file, and maintain effectiveness pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of, more than one Shelf Registration
Statement at any one time pursuant to this Section 5.2.

          (b) Continued Effectiveness. Except as otherwise agreed by the H&F Initiating Holders
or the TCEP Initiating Holders (as applicable with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement),
the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement filed
pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to
permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Shelf Holders until the earlier of
(i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement and (ii) such shorter period as the Shelf Holders of a majority of the
Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Majority Shelf
Holders”) may determine (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”).

          (c) Suspension of Filing or Registration. If the Company shall furnish to the
Majority Shelf Holders, a certificate signed by the President or equivalent senior executive of the
Company, stating that the filing, effectiveness or continued use of the Shelf Registration
Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company shall have a
period of not more than sixty (60) days or such longer period as the Majority Shelf Holders shall
consent to in writing, within which to delay the filing or effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement that has been declared effective, to
suspend the use by Shelf Holders of such Shelf Registration Statement (in each case, a “Shelf
Suspension”); provided, however, that, unless consented to in writing by the
Majority Shelf Holders, the Company shall not be permitted to exercise aggregate Shelf Suspensions
of more than ninety (90) days during any twelve-month (12) period. In the case of a Shelf
Suspension that occurs after the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf
Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase
of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the certificate referred
to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Shelf Holders upon the termination of any Shelf
Suspension, and (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement that has not been declared
effective, shall promptly thereafter file the Shelf Registration Statement and use its reasonable
best efforts to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act
and (ii) in the case of an effective Shelf Registration Statement, shall amend or supplement the
Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission prior to the
expiration of the Shelf Suspension and furnish to the Shelf Holders such numbers of copies of the
Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Shelf Holders may reasonably request. The Company
agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement if
required by the registration form used by the Company for the

28

 

Shelf Registration or by the
instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or
regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Shelf Holders of a
majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

          (d) Restrictions on Shelf Registration Statements. Notwithstanding the rights and
obligations set forth in Section 5.3(a), in no event shall the Company be obligated to take
any action to file a Shelf Registration Statement at the request of the TCEP Initiating
Holders (i) until the one-year anniversary of an Initial Public Offering, (ii) after the Company
has filed one (1) Shelf Registration Statement at the request of the TCEP Initiating Holders
(collectively) or (iii) at such time as the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration
Statement on Form S-3.

          (e) Shelf Take-Downs.

     (i) Prior to One-Year Anniversary of Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall any Shelf Take-Down occur prior
to the one-year anniversary of an Initial Public Offering unless it has been initiated by
H&F Initiating Holders and such H&F Initiating Holders comply with the requirements of this
Section 5.2(e). After the one-year anniversary of an Initial Public Offering, any of the
Shelf Holders may initiate a Shelf Take-Down, subject to compliance with the requirements of
this Section 5.2(e).

     (ii) Restricted Shelf Take-Downs.

          (A) Prior to the occurrence of a Tag-Along Termination Event, with respect to
each Shelf Take-Down that is initiated by a Restricted Shelf Holder (the “Shelf
Take-Down Initiating Holders”) and that is not a Marketed Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down (a “Restricted Shelf Take-Down”), the Shelf Take-Down Initiating
Holders shall provide written notice (a “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice”)
of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down to all other Restricted Shelf Holders (the
“Eligible Take-Down Holders”) as far in advance of such Restricted Shelf
Take-Down as shall be reasonably practicable in light of the circumstances
applicable to such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, which Restricted Shelf Take-Down
Notice shall set forth (I) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be
offered and sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, (II) the expected plan of
distribution of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, (III) the fraction, expressed as a
percentage, determined by dividing the number of Registrable Securities anticipated
to be sold by the Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders in such Restricted Shelf
Take-Down by the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Shelf Take-Down
Initiating Holders (the “Shelf Take-Down Percentage”), (IV) an invitation to
each Eligible Take-Down Holder to elect (Eligible Take-Down Holders who make such an
election being “Take-Down Tagging Holders” and, together with the Shelf
Take-Down Initiating Holders and all other Persons (other than any Affiliates of the
Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders) who otherwise are transferring, or have
exercised a contractual or other right to transfer, Shares in connection with such
Restricted Shelf Take-Down, the “Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders”) to
include in the Restricted Shelf Take-

29

 

Down Registrable Securities held by such
Take-Down Tagging Holder (not in any event to exceed the Shelf Take-Down Percentage
of the total number of Share Equivalents held by such Shelf Take-Down Tagging
Holder) and (V) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in
connection with such Restricted Shelf Take-Down with respect to each Eligible
Take-Down Holder that elects to exercise such right (including the delivery of one
or more stock certificates
representing Registrable Securities of such Eligible Take-Down Holder to be
sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down).

          (B) Upon delivery of a Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, each Eligible
Take-Down Holder may elect to sell Registrable Securities in such Restricted Shelf
Take-Down, at the same price per Registrable Security and pursuant to the same terms
and conditions with respect to payment for the Registrable Securities as agreed to
by the Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders, by sending an irrevocable written notice
(a “Take-Down Participation Notice”) to the Shelf Take-Down Initiating
Holders within the time period specified in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice,
indicating its, his or her election to sell up to the number of Registrable
Securities in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down specified by such Eligible Take-Down
Holder in such Take-Down Participation Notice (such specified number not in any
event to exceed the Shelf Take-Down Percentage of the total number of Registrable
Securities held by such Eligible Take-Down Holder). Following the time period
specified in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, each Take-Down Tagging Holder
that has delivered a Take-Down Participation Notice shall be permitted to sell in
such Restricted Shelf Take-Down on the terms and conditions set forth in the
Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, concurrently with the Shelf Take-Down Initiating
Holders and the other Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders, the number of
Registrable Securities calculated pursuant to Section 5.2(e)(ii)(D). For the
avoidance of doubt, it is understood that in order to be entitled to exercise its,
his or her right to sell Registrable Securities in a Restricted Shelf Take-Down
pursuant to this Section 5.2(e)(ii), each Take-Down Tagging Holder must agree to
make the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements, if
any, as the Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders agree to make in connection with the
Restricted Shelf Take-Down. With respect to any Registrable Securities for which a
Take-Down Tagging Holder holds exercisable and vested but unexercised Options, to
the extent that such Registrable Securities are to be sold pursuant to this Section
5.2(e)(ii), such Take-Down Tagging Holder must exercise the relevant Option (which
may include an exercise effected on a “net exercise” basis) and transfer the
relevant Registrable Securities (rather than the Option). All costs and expenses
incurred by the Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders in connection with such
Restricted Shelf Take-Down shall be borne on a pro rata basis in accordance with the
number of Registrable Securities being sold by each of the Restricted Take-Down
Selling Holders.

          (C) Notwithstanding the delivery of any Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, all
determinations as to whether to complete any Restricted Shelf Take-Down and as to
the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Restricted

30

 

Shelf Take-Down shall be
at the sole discretion of the Shelf Take-Down Initiating Holders. Each of the
Restricted Shelf Holders agrees to reasonably cooperate with each of the other
Restricted Shelf Holders to establish notice, delivery and documentation procedures
and measures to facilitate such other Restricted Shelf Holder’s participation in
future potential Restricted Shelf Take-Downs pursuant to this Section 5.2(e)(ii).

          (D) The Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders shall be entitled to sell in the
Restricted Shelf Take-Down a number of Registrable Securities calculated as follows:

          1) first there shall be allocated to each Restricted Take-Down Selling
Holder a number of Registrable Securities equal to the lesser of (A) the
maximum number of Registrable Securities such Restricted Take-Down Selling
Holder has elected to sell in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down in its, his or
her Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice or Take-Down Participation Notice and
(B) the number of Registrable Securities determined by multiplying (x) the
number of Registrable Securities subject to the Restricted Shelf Take-Down
by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Registrable
Securities owned by such Restricted Take-Down Selling Holder and the
denominator of which is the total Registrable Securities owned by all
Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders (the “Pro Rata Take-Down
Share”); and

          2) any remaining Registrable Securities subject to the Restricted Shelf
Take-Down shall be allocated to the Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders
that elected to sell in excess of their Pro Rata Take-Down Share, pro rata
to such Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders based upon such Restricted
Take-Down Selling Holders’ relative Pro Rata Take-Down Shares, or as such
Restricted Take-Down Selling Holders may otherwise agree.

          (E) For the avoidance of doubt, after the occurrence of a Tag-Along Termination
Event, none of the Restricted Shelf Holders shall be required to permit the offer
and sale of Registrable Securities by any other Shelf Holders or Third Party Shelf
Holders in connection with any Shelf Take-Down initiated by such Restricted Shelf
Holder, unless such Shelf Take-Down is a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (in
which case, Section 5.2(e)(iii) and Section 5.2(e)(iv) shall apply to such Shelf
Take-Down).

          (iii) Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs.

          (A) If the H&F Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating Holders so elect in a
written demand delivered to the Company (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down
Notice”), a Shelf Take-Down (including any Restricted Shelf Take-Down) may be in
the form of an underwritten offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”),
and the Company shall, if so requested, file and effect an

31

 

amendment or supplement
of the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable;
provided, however that any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall
be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 5.3, a Demand Registration effected by the
H&F Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating Holders (other than the first
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down initiated by the TCEP Initiating Holders from a Shelf
Registration Statement the filing of which by the Company was initiated by the TCEP
Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 5.2(a)), as the case
may be, and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.3(d). The H&F
Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating Holders that delivered such Underwritten
Shelf Take-Down Notice, as the case may be, shall have the right to select the
underwriter or underwriters to administer such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down;
provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Company

          (B) With respect to any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (including any Marketed
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down), in the event that a Shelf Holder otherwise would be
entitled to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section
5.2(e)(ii) or Section 5.2(e)(iv), as the case may be, the right of such Shelf Holder
to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be conditioned upon such
Shelf Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Shelf
Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.
The Company shall, together with all Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders of
Registrable Securities of the Company proposing to distribute their securities
through such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected in accordance with
Section 5.2(e)(iii)(A). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.2, if
the underwriter shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including an
adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number
of shares to be underwritten in a Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, then the Company
shall so advise all Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders of Registrable
Securities that have requested to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down,
and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in such
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be allocated pro rata among such Shelf Holders
and Third Party Shelf Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to
the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Shelf Holders and
Third Party Shelf Holders at the time of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down. No
Registrable Securities excluded from an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down by reason of
the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such underwritten
offering.

          (iv) Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. The H&F Initiating Holders or the
TCEP Initiating Holders, as the case may be, shall indicate in an Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down Notice they deliver to the Company pursuant to Section 5.2(e)(iii) whether they
intend for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including
an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters over a
period of at least 48 hours (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf

32

 

Take-Down”). Upon
receipt of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice indicating that such Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down will be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Company shall promptly (but
in any event no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the expected date of such Marketed
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) give written notice of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down to all other Shelf Holders of Registrable Securities under such Shelf Registration
Statement and any such Shelf Holders requesting inclusion in such Marketed Underwritten
Shelf Take-Down must respond in writing
within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice. Each such Shelf Holder that
timely delivers any such request shall be permitted to sell in such Marketed Underwritten
Shelf Take-Down subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5.2(e)(iii).

     Section 5.3. Demand Registration.

          (a) Holders’ Demand for Registration. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section
5.3(d), if the Company shall receive from the H&F Initiating Holders or the TCEP Initiating Holders
(the party so effecting a demand pursuant to this Section 5.3 being referred to as the
“Initiating Holders”), a written demand that the Company effect any registration (a
“Demand Registration”) of Registrable Securities held by such Holders having a reasonably
anticipated net aggregate offering price (after deduction of underwriter commissions and offering
expenses) of at least $10,000,000, the Company will:

     (i) promptly (but in any event within fifteen (15) days prior to the date such
registration becomes effective under the Securities Act) give written notice of the proposed
registration to all other Holders; and

     (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration as soon as practicable
as will permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such
Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such demand, together with
all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such
demand as are specified in a written demand received by the Company within ten (10) days
after such written notice is given; provided that the Company shall not be obligated
to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 5.3 if the
Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President or equivalent
senior executive of the Company, stating that the filing or effectiveness of such
Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, in which
case the Company shall have an additional period of not more than sixty (60) days (or such
longer period as may be agreed upon by the Initiating Holders) within which to file such
Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not use
this right more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any twelve-month (12) month period.

          (b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable
Securities covered by their demand by means of an underwritten offer, they shall so advise the
Company as part of their demand made pursuant to this Section 5.3, and the Company shall include
such information in the written notice referred to in Section 5.3(a)(i). In such event, the right
of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s
participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the
underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Company shall, together with

33

 

all holders of
Registrable Securities of the Company proposing to distribute their securities through such
underwriting, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or
underwriters selected by a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders and reasonably
satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.3, if the
underwriter shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per
share offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the
Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that have
requested to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities
that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata among such
Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable
Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the Registration Statement. No Registrable
Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall
be included in such registration. If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable
Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account (or for the
account of other Stockholders) in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number
of Registrable Securities would not thereby be limited.

          (c) Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand
Registration if the Registration Statement pursuant to such registration is declared effective by
the SEC and remains effective for not less than one hundred eighty (180) days (or such shorter
period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement
have been sold or withdrawn), or, if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten
offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters, a prospectus is
required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an
underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Demand Period”). No Demand Registration
shall be deemed to have been effected if (i) during the Demand Period such registration is
interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other
governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if
any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a
wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by a
participating Holder.

          (d) Restrictions on Registration. Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set
forth in Section 5.3(a), in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect
any Demand Registration:

      (i) at the request of the TCEP Initiating Holders until the earlier of the one-year
anniversary of an Initial Public Offering;

      (ii) at the request of TCEP Initiating Holders after the Company has effected three (3)
Demand Registrations at the request of TCEP Initiating Holders (collectively);
provided, however that (x) a Shelf Registration Statement filing initiated
by the TCEP Initiating Holders shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 5.3, a Demand
Registration effected by the TCEP Initiating Holders and (y) each Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down initiated by the TCEP Initiating Holders (other than the first Underwritten Shelf
Take-Down initiated by the TCEP Initiating Holders from a Shelf Registration Statement the
filing of which by the Company was initiated by the TCEP Initiating

34

 

Holders pursuant to
Section 5.2(a)) shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 5.3, a Demand Registration
effected by the TCEP Initiating Holders;

     (iii) in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect more than
four (4) Demand Registrations (not including any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that is not a
Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) in any twelve (12)-month period; and

     (iv) in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand
Registration on Form S-1 after the Company has effected three (3) such Demand Registrations.

     Section 5.4. Piggyback Registration.

          (a) If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its
securities, either for its own account or for the account of security holders (other than (1) in a
registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (2) a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 (or
such other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act), (3) a registration
pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities, (4) a registration
statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans, (5) a shelf registration
statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt
securities of the Company or any Subsidiary that are convertible for Share Equivalents and that are
initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S of the Securities Act may resell such
notes and sell the Share Equivalents into which such notes may be converted or (6) a registration
pursuant to Section 5.2 or Section 5.3 hereof), the Company will:

     (i) promptly (but in no event less than fifteen (15) days before the effective date of
the relevant Registration Statement) give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

     (ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under state securities
laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable
Securities specified in a written request or requests made within ten (10) days after
receipt of such written notice from the Company by any Holder or Holders, except as set
forth in Section 5.4(b) below.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 5.4 shall not apply until the one-year anniversary of
an Initial Public Offering in respect of any Holder, unless (x) one or more of the H&F Investors
elect to participate in such registration or (ii) the H&F Investors, in their sole discretion,
elect by written notice to the Company for this Section 5.4 to apply to the Registrable Securities
of any one or more other Holders specified in such notice.

          (b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a
registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a
part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(i). In such event the right of any
Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s
participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the
underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their

35

 

Registrable
Securities through such underwriting, together with the Company and the other parties distributing
their securities through such underwriting, shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary
form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.4, if the underwriters shall advise the
Company that marketing factors (including, without limitation, an adverse effect on the per share
offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company
may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the
registration and underwriting, subject to the terms of this Section 5.4. The Company shall so
advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that have requested to participate in such offering,
and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and
underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner: first, to the Company and
second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable
Securities held by the Holders. No such reduction shall (i) reduce the securities being offered by
the Company for its own account to be included in the registration and underwriting, or (ii) reduce
the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five
percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering
does not include shares of any other selling shareholders, in which event any or all of the
Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding
sentence. No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing
limitation shall be included in such registration. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this
Section 5.4(b) is intended to diminish the number of securities to be included by the Company in
the underwriting.

          (c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or
withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 5.4 prior to the effectiveness of such
registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

     Section 5.5. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in
connection with all registrations effected pursuant to Section 5.2, Section 5.3 or Section 5.4,
shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
required to pay stock transfer taxes or underwriters’ discounts or selling commissions relating to
Registrable Securities.

     Section 5.6. Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this ARTICLE V to
effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as
reasonably possible:

          (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable
Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become
effective, and keep such Registration Statement effective for (x) the lesser of one hundred eighty
(180) days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution relating thereto or (y)
for such longer period as may be prescribed herein;

          (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration
Statement and the prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the

36

 

provisions of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by sellers thereof set forth in
such Registration Statement;

          (c) permit any Holder that (in the good faith reasonable judgment of such Holder) might be
deemed to be a controlling person of the Company to participate in good faith in the preparation of
such Registration Statement and to cooperate in good faith to include
therein material, furnished to the Company in writing, that in the reasonable judgment of such
Holder and its counsel should be included;

          (d) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including all exhibits
thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein and a preliminary prospectus, in conformity
with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

          (e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations
under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such
offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement;

          (f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement as
soon as reasonably possible after notice thereof is received by the Company of any written comments
by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for
amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such prospectus or for additional
information;

          (g) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, at
any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act,
of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such Registration
Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

          (h) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement as
soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company of the issuance by
the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order
by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or
final prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, or any
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for
offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose;

          (i) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of any Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
preliminary or final prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any
such order as soon as practicable;

37

 

          (j) make available for inspection by each Holder including Registrable Securities in such
registration, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration, and
any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all financial and
other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as such parties may
reasonably request, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees
to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

          (k) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the Holders of
Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, the underwriters, if any, and their
respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable
Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” or securities laws of each state
and other jurisdiction of the United States as any such Holder or underwriters, if any, or their
respective counsel reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other things reasonably
necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as
required by Section 5.2(b) and Section 5.3(c), as applicable; provided that the Company
shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then
so qualified or take any action which would subject it to taxation service of process in any such
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

          (l) obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration
Statement and to the underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company,
dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten
offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and
substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such holders or underwriters, as the
case may be, and their respective counsel;

          (m) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the
underwriters, with copies to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, a
cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form
and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing
underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting
agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

          (n) use its reasonable best efforts to list the Registrable Securities that are Share
Equivalents covered by such Registration Statement with any securities exchange or automated
quotation system on which the Share Equivalents are then listed;

          (o) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable
Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than
the effective date of such Registration Statement;

          (p) cooperate with Holders including Registrable Securities in such registration and the
managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Registrable Securities to be sold, such certificates to be in

38

 

such denominations and
registered in such names as such Holders or the managing underwriters may request at least two (2)
Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities;

          (q) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make
available to its Holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement
satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder; and

          (r) in the case of an underwritten offering, cause the senior executive officers of the
Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested
by the underwriters and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with and participate in each proposed
offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto.

     Section 5.7. Indemnification.

          (a) The Company will, and does hereby undertake to, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of
Registrable Securities and each of such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, partners,
stockholders, affiliates and agents and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder, within the
meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, with respect
to any registration, qualification or compliance effected pursuant to this ARTICLE V, and each
underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls any underwriter, of the Registrable Securities
held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions
in respect thereto) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or
other federal or state law arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue
statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, free writing
prospectus or other similar document (including any related Registration Statement, notification,
or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any
omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they
were made, (B) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of any federal, state or common
law rule or regulation applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration,
qualification or compliance, or (C) any failure to register or qualify Registrable Securities in
any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that
the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Company) will undertake
such registration or qualification on behalf of the Holders of such Registrable Securities
(provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its
reasonable best efforts to so register or qualify such Registrable Securities) and will reimburse,
as incurred, each such Holder, each such underwriter and each such director, officer, partner,
agent and controlling person, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action;
provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or
omission made in reliance and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by
such Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein.

39

 

          (b) Each Holder (if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder are included in
such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this ARTICLE V) does hereby undertake to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its officers, directors, employees, stockholders,
affiliates and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each underwriter, if
any, and each Person who controls any underwriter, of the
Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, and each other Holder, each of
such other Holder’s officers, directors, employees, partners, stockholders, affiliates and agents
and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against all claims, losses, damages and
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or
alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement,
prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document, or any omission (or
alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made,
and will reimburse, as incurred, the Company, each such underwriter, each such other Holder, and
each such officer, director, employee, partner, stockholder, affiliate, agent and controlling
Person of the foregoing, for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or
omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering
circular, free writing prospectus or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein;
provided, however, that the liability of each Holder hereunder shall be limited to
the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of securities under such Registration
Statement. It is understood and agreed that the indemnification obligations of each Holder pursuant
to any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any Registration Statement shall be
limited to the obligations contained in this Section 5.7(b).

          (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.7 (the “Indemnified
Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide such indemnification (the
“Indemnifying Party”) of any claim as to which indemnification may be sought promptly after
such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge thereof, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to
assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that
counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation,
shall be subject to approval by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at the Indemnifying Party’s
expense if representation of such Indemnified Party would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by
such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any
Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its
obligations under this ARTICLE V, except to the extent that such failure to give notice materially
adversely affects the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation.
An Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, may, without the consent of
each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that includes
as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Indemnified Party of an
unconditional release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation.

40

 

          (d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in case indemnification is
prohibited or limited by law, the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified
Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with
the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and
Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in
question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such
Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and such Party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such actions; provided, however,
that, in any case, (i) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public
offering price of all securities offered by it pursuant to such Registration Statement less all
underwriting fees and discounts and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any
Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

          (e) The indemnities provided in this Section 5.7 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable
Securities by such Holder.

     Section 5.8. Information by Holder. The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities
included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or
Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably
request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or
compliance referred to in this ARTICLE V.

     Section 5.9. Transfer of Registration Rights. The rights contained in Section 5.2,
Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 hereof to cause the Company to register the Registrable Securities may
be assigned or otherwise conveyed by a Holder pursuant to a transfer permitted under ARTICLE IV.

     Section 5.10. Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain, and
hereby waives any right to seek, an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such
registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation
or implementation of this ARTICLE V.

     Section 5.11. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date
of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the H&F Investors,
enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company
that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (i) require the Company to effect a
registration or (ii) include any securities in any registration filed under Section 5.2, Section
5.3 or Section 5.4 hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective
holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion
of such securities will not diminish the amount of Registrable Securities that are included in such
registration.

41

 

     Section 5.12. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the
benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable
Securities to the public without registration, the Company, following an Initial Public Offering,
agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

          (a) make and keep current public information available, within the meaning of Rule 144 (or any
similar or analogous rule) promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after it has become
subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act;

          (b) file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the
Company under the Securities Act and Exchange Act (after it has become subject to such reporting
requirements); and

          (c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon
request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of
said Rule 144 (at any time commencing ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first
registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting
requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other
reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or
regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

     Section 5.13. “Market Stand Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that during (i)
such period following the effective date (which period shall in no event exceed one hundred eighty
(180) days, subject to any customary “booster shot” extensions) of a Registration Statement of the
Company filed in connection with an Initial Public Offering as the H&F Investors may agree to with
the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering and (ii) with respect to underwritten
offerings only, such period (which period shall in no event exceed ninety (90) days, subject to any
customary “booster shot” extensions) following the effective date of a registration statement of
the Company filed under the Securities Act subsequent to an Initial Public Offering as the H&F
Investors may agree to with the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering, such
Holder or its Affiliates shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter,
sell, pledge, hypothecate, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option or right to
purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly
bound) any Share Equivalents held by it at any time during such period except Share Equivalents
included in such registration. Each Holder agrees that it shall deliver to the underwriter or
underwriters or any offering to which clause (i) or (ii) is applicable a customary agreement
reflecting its agreement set forth in this Section 5.13.

     Section 5.14. Termination of Registration Rights. The rights of any particular Holder
to cause the Company to register securities under Section 5.2, Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 hereof
shall terminate as to any Holder on the date such Holder, together with his or her Permitted
Transferees (if such Holder is a Management Investor) or its Affiliates (with respect to any other
Holder), beneficially owns (excluding any securities covered by clause (b) of the proviso set forth
in the definition of “Registrable Securities”) less than one percent (1%) of the Shares that are
outstanding at such time and such Holder is able to dispose of all of its Registrable Securities

42

 

in
any 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar or analogous rule) promulgated under
the Securities Act.

ARTICLE VI

RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION

     Section 6.1. Right of Participation.

          (a) Offer. Not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the consummation of any
Post-Closing Issuance, a notice (the “Participation Notice”) shall be furnished by the
Company to each Participation Stockholder, which Participation Notice shall include:

          (i) the principal terms and conditions of the proposed Post-Closing Issuance, including
(A) the number of Participation Securities to be included in the Post-Closing Issuance, (B)
the maximum and minimum price per unit of the Participation Securities or the aggregate
principal amount of the Participation Securities (as applicable), including a description of
any non-cash consideration sufficiently detailed to permit valuation thereof, (C) the
proposed manner of disposition, (D) the name and address of the Person or Persons to whom
the Participation Securities will be issued (the “Prospective Subscriber”) and (E)
if known, the proposed date of Post-Closing Issuance; and

          (ii) an offer by the Company to issue, at the option of each Participation Stockholder,
to such Participation Stockholder such portion of the Participation Securities to be
included in the Post-Closing Issuance as may be requested by such Participation Stockholder
(not to exceed such Participation Stockholder’s Participation Portion of the total amount of
Participation Securities to be included in the Post-Closing Issuance), on the same terms and
conditions and at the same price per unit, with respect to each Participation Security
issued.

          (b) Exercise.

          (i) General. Each Participation Stockholder desiring to accept the offer
contained in the Participation Notice shall accept such offer by furnishing a written notice
of such acceptance to the Company within five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery
of the Participation Notice specifying the number or aggregate principal amount of
Participation Securities (not to exceed such Participation Stockholder’s Participation
Portion of the total number of Participation Securities to be included in the Post-Closing
Issuance) which such Participation Stockholder desires to purchase (each an “Accepting
Participation Stockholder”). Each Participation Stockholder who does not accept such
offer in compliance with the above requirements, including the applicable time periods,
shall be deemed to have waived all of such Participation Stockholder’s rights to participate
in such Post-Closing Issuance, and the Company shall thereafter be free to issue
Participation Securities in such Post-Closing Issuance to the Prospective Subscriber and any
Accepting Participation Stockholders, at a price no less than the minimum price set forth in
the Participation Notice and on other principal terms and conditions not substantially more
favorable to the Prospective Subscriber than those set forth in the

43

 

Participation Notice,
without any further obligation to such non-accepting Participation Stockholder pursuant to
this ARTICLE VI. If, prior to consummation, the terms of such proposed Post-Closing
Issuance shall change with the result that the price shall be less
than the minimum price set forth in the Participation Notice or the other principal
terms shall be substantially more favorable to the Prospective Subscriber than those set
forth in the Participation Notice, it shall be necessary for a separate Participation Notice
to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 6.1 separately complied with,
in order to consummate such Issuance pursuant to this Section 6.1.

          (ii) Irrevocable Acceptance. The acceptance of each Accepting Participation
Stockholder shall be irrevocable except as hereinafter provided, and each such Accepting
Participation Stockholder shall be bound and obligated to acquire in the Post-Closing
Issuance on the same terms and conditions and at the same price per unit with respect to the
Participation Securities as such Accepting Participation Stockholder shall have specified in
such Accepting Participation Stockholder’s written commitment.

          (iii) Time Limitation. If at the end of the 120th day after the
date of the effectiveness of the Participation Notice the Company has not completed the
Post-Closing Issuance, each Accepting Participation Stockholder shall be released from such
holder’s obligations under the written commitment, the Participation Notice shall be null
and void, and it shall be necessary for a separate Participation Notice to be furnished to
all Participation Stockholders, and the terms and provisions of this Section 6.1 separately
complied with, in order to consummate such Post-Closing Issuance pursuant to this Section
6.1.

          (c) Post-Issuance Participation Notice. Notwithstanding the first sentence of Section
6.1(a), the Company may elect to deliver a Participation Notice with respect to any Post-Closing
Issuance after completion of such Post-Closing Issuance. If the Company shall so elect to deliver
any Participation Notice after completion of the applicable Post-Closing Issuance, then the terms
of such Post-Closing Issuance shall be required to permit each of the Participation Stockholders
receiving such Participation Notice a period of not less than ten (10) Business Days after receipt
thereof to furnish the Company with a written commitment to purchase such Participation
Stockholder’s Participation Portion of the total amount of Participation Securities included in
such Post-Closing Issuance (whether pursuant to the resale of Participation Securities by the
initial purchaser(s) of such Participation Securities or the issuance by the Company of additional
Participation Securities) upon the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in Section
6.1(b).

          (d) Further Assurances. Each Accepting Participation Stockholder shall take or cause
to be taken all such reasonable actions as may be necessary or reasonably desirable in order to
consummate expeditiously each Post-Closing Issuance pursuant to this Section 6.1 and any related
transactions, including (i) executing, acknowledging and delivering consents, assignments, waivers
and other documents or instruments; (ii) filing applications, reports, returns, filings and other
documents or instruments with governmental authorities; and (iii) otherwise cooperating with the
Company and the Prospective Subscriber. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each
such Accepting Participation Stockholder agrees to execute

44

 

and deliver such subscription and other
agreements specified by the Company to which the Prospective Subscriber will be party.

          (e) Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any
proposed Post-Closing Issuance of Participation Securities (whether or not consummated), including
all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or
investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Company. In connection with
such proposed Post-Closing Issuance of Participation Securities (whether or not consummated), the
Company shall pay the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of (i) a single law firm for all
Participating Stockholders (selected by Accepting Participation Stockholders purchasing a majority
of the Participation Securities being purchased by all Accepting Participation Stockholders) (the
“Majority Participants Counsel”) and (ii) if any of the H&F Investors, TCEP Investors or
JMI Investors are Participating Stockholders with respect to such Post-Closing Issuance and are not
represented by the Majority Participants Counsel, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of separate
law firms of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors and/or the JMI Investors, as applicable
(provided, that the aggregate fees and out-of-pocket expenses of each such separate law
firm with respect to such Post-Closing Issuance do not exceed $5,000 or such greater amount if
consented to by the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)). Any other costs and
expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Stockholder in connection with such proposed Post-Closing
Issuance of Participation Securities (whether or not consummated) shall be borne by such holder.

          (f) Closing. The closing of a Post-Closing Issuance pursuant to this Section 6.1 (the
“Participation Closing”) shall take place on (i) the proposed date of the Post-Closing
Issuance, if any, set forth in the Participation Notice, (ii) if no proposed closing date was
required to be specified in the Participation Notice, at such time as the Company shall specify by
notice to each Accepting Participation Stockholder and (iii) at such place as the Company shall
specify by notice to each Accepting Participation Stockholder. At any Participation Closing, each
Accepting Participation Stockholder shall be delivered the certificates or other instruments
evidencing the Participation Securities to be issued to such Accepting Participation Stockholder,
registered in the name of such Accepting Participation Stockholder or such holder’s designated
nominee, free and clear of all Encumbrances, with any transfer tax stamps affixed, against delivery
by such Accepting Participation Stockholder of the applicable consideration.

          (g) Securities Law Matters. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, a Participation Stockholder shall not be entitled to participate in a Post-Closing Issuance
pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless at the time of such Post-Closing Issuance the Company shall be
reasonably satisfied that (i) such Participation Stockholder is an “accredited investor” as defined
in Regulation D of the Securities Act or the Post-Closing Issuance, after giving effect to the
participation of such Participation Stockholder therein, would satisfy the requirements of any
other exemption from registration available at such time under the Securities Act with respect to
such Post-Closing Issuance and (ii) an exemption from registration or qualification under any state
securities laws or foreign securities laws applicable to such Post-Closing Issuance due to the
participation of such Participation Stockholder therein would be available with respect to such
Post-Closing Issuance.

45

 

     Section 6.2. Excluded Transactions. The provisions of this ARTICLE VI shall not apply
to Post-Closing Issuances by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as follows:

          (a) any Post-Closing Issuance of Securities, in each case to the extent approved by the Board,
to officers, employees, directors or consultants of the Company in connection with such Person’s
employment or consulting arrangements with the Company or the service of such person as a director;

          (b) any Post-Closing Issuance of Securities, in each case to the extent approved by the Board,
(i) in any business combination or acquisition transaction involving the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (ii) in connection with any joint venture or strategic partnership or alliance or
(iii) in connection with the incurrence or guarantee of indebtedness by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries;

          (c) any Post-Closing Issuance of Shares pursuant to an Initial Public Offering;

          (d) any Post-Closing Issuance of Securities in connection with any stock split, stock dividend
or recapitalization approved by the Board (so long as all Holders of the same class or series of
Share Equivalents is treated equally with all other Holders of such class or series of Share
Equivalents); or

          (e) any Post-Closing Issuance of Share Equivalents to any Person (or any Affiliate of a
Person) that has or is entering into a strategic or commercial relationship with the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries or provides other strategic or commercial benefits to the Company or its
Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Board.

     Section 6.3. Certain Definitions Used in Section 6.3.

          (a) “Participation Portion” shall mean, for each Participation Stockholder, as of the
date of the relevant Participation Notice, the product of (i) the total number or aggregate
principal amount of Participation Securities proposed to be issued by the Company in the
Post-Closing Issuance as set forth in the Participation Notice, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator
of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents owned by such Participation Stockholder as of
the date of the relevant Participation Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of
outstanding Share Equivalents as of the date of the relevant Participation Notice.

          (b) “Participation Securities” shall mean the number of Securities or debt securities
proposed to be sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (but, in any event, excluding any
such Securities or debt securities to be issued to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries).

          (c) “Participation Stockholder” shall mean (i) with respect to each Post-Closing
Issuance set forth in clause (i) of such definition, each Sponsor Stockholder and (ii) with respect
to each Post-Closing Issuance set forth in clause (ii) of such definition, each Sponsor Stockholder
other than the H&F Investors.

46

 

          (d) “Post-Closing Issuance” shall mean (i) any issuance of Securities after the date
of this Agreement or (ii) any issuance of debt securities of the Company to the H&F Investors or
any of their Affiliates.

     Section 6.4. Qualifying H&F Financings.

          (a) If (x) the Company intends to issue any Securities to the H&F Investors or any of their
Affiliates after the date hereof, (y) the purchase price payable by the H&F Investors or such
Affiliate with respect to such Securities is (A) less than the Initial Valuation, in the case of an
issuance of Shares, or (B) implies a valuation of the Shares as of the Proposed Funding Date that
is less than the Initial Valuation, in the case of an issuance of any other Securities, and (z) the
Company has not engaged a third party investment bank, valuation firm or appraisal firm (a
“Valuation Firm”) to deliver to the Company a Valuation in connection with the issuance of
such Securities or a Valuation with respect to the Shares at any time during the 6-month period
immediately prior to the Proposed Funding Date (any issuance satisfying the foregoing requirements
(x), (y) and (z), a “Qualifying H&F Financing”), then the Company will provide the TCEP
Investors with a written notice at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date the Company
contemplates the funding of such Qualifying H&F Financing that describes the material terms of such
Qualifying H&F Financing (the “H&F Financing Notice”), including (i) the aggregate amount
of cash to be contributed to the Company in such Qualifying H&F Financing (the “Contribution
Amount”), (ii) the material terms of the Securities to be issued pursuant to such Qualifying
H&F Financing (the “Permanent Securities”), (iii) the proposed price per such Security (the
“Per Security Price”) and (iv) the contemplated date for the funding of such Qualifying H&F
Financing (the “Proposed Funding Date”). At any time prior to the end of the fifth
(5th) Business Day after delivery of the H&F Financing Notice, the TCEP Investors may
deliver a written notice to the Company requesting that the Company engage a Valuation Firm (a
“Valuation Firm Notice”).

          (b) At any time after the delivery of the H&F Financing Notice and notwithstanding the timely
receipt of a Valuation Firm Notice, the Company and the H&F Investors (or such Affiliates) may
elect to proceed (together with any Accepting Participation Stockholders exercising pre-emptive
rights pursuant to Section 6.1) with the completion of the Qualifying H&F Financing in the manner
set forth in the H&F Financing Notice, except the H&F Investors (or such Affiliates) (and any
Accepting Participation Stockholders exercising pre-emptive rights pursuant to Section 6.1) shall
receive in consideration for the Contribution Amount, in lieu of the Permanent Securities set forth
in such H&F Financing Notice, shares of Mandatorily Exchangeable Securities (the “Interim
Securities”).

          (c) In the event a Valuation Firm Notice has been timely delivered to the Company and
regardless of whether the H&F Investors (or such Affiliates) previously have made an election
pursuant to Section 6.4(b) and received Interim Securities, promptly after the delivery of such
Valuation Firm Notice the Company will engage a Valuation Firm to deliver to the Company a written
determination (a “Valuation”) (such determination to include a report setting forth all
material analyses used in arriving at such determination) stating the Valuation Firm’s
determination of the FMV per Share with respect to such Qualifying H&F Financing as of the Proposed
Funding Date (each, a “Valuation Price”) (it being agreed that if such Valuation specifies
a range such Valuation Price will be the mid-point of that range).

47

 

          (d) Upon receipt of such Valuation:

          (i) in the event that the H&F Investors (or such Affiliate) previously had made an
election pursuant to Section 6.4(b) and received Interim Securities, then immediately after
determination of the Valuation with respect to such Qualifying H&F Financing, without any
further action required to be taken by the Company or any of the Stockholders, the Interim
Securities by their terms will automatically be exchanged for a number of Permanent
Securities equal to the quotient of the Contribution Amount divided by such Valuation; or

          (ii) in the event that the H&F Investors (or such Affiliate) did not previously make an
election pursuant to Section 6.4(b) and receive Interim Securities and the H&F Investors (or
such Affiliate) after the receipt of such Valuation determine to proceed with such
Qualifying H&F Financing, then, notwithstanding the Per Security Price set forth in the H&F
Financing Notice, the Per Security Price with respect to such Qualifying H&F Financing shall
be the Valuation Price and shall be final and binding on the parties.

          (e) For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any of the H&F Investors or such Affiliate
be required to complete any proposed Qualifying H&F Financing (whether pursuant to Section 6.4(b)
or otherwise), regardless of whether any H&F Financing Notice, Valuation Firm Notice or Valuation
has been delivered with respect to such proposed Qualifying H&F Financing.

          (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this Section 6.4 shall not
apply to any Qualifying H&F Financing with respect to which (I) the terms have been negotiated
between the Company and any Person other than the H&F Investors or any of their Affiliates, (II)
the issuance of a portion of such Qualifying H&F Financing to the H&F Investors or any of their
Affiliates occurs pursuant to the exercise of rights pursuant to Section 6.1 and (iii) the H&F
Investors and their Affiliates do not purchase more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
number of Securities that the H&F Investors and their Affiliates would otherwise be entitled to
purchase pursuant to the exercise of rights pursuant to Section 6.1.

     Section 6.5. Termination of ARTICLE VI. Upon an Initial Public Offering, this ARTICLE
VI shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

PURCHASE OF SHARES ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF MANAGEMENT INVESTORS

     Section 7.1. General. Except as otherwise provided by Section 7.6, if a Management
Investor’s employment with the Company shall terminate, the Company (and, to the extent provided in
Section 7.4, the H&F Investors) shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Share
Equivalents owned by such Management Investor or any of his or her direct or indirect transferees
or assignees owning any such Share Equivalents (including, as provided herein, following the
exercise of any Options or similar purchase right subsequent to such termination of employment)
other than any Shares received upon exercise of Rollover Options (the “Call 

48

 

Shares”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this ARTICLE VII
(a “Call”). The right of the Company to effect a Call, as set forth in this ARTICLE VII,
shall terminate upon an Initial Public Offering, whether or not a notice of exercise of any such
Call has been given prior to the Initial Public Offering.

     Section 7.2. Call.

          (a) If a Management Investor’s employment with the Company shall be terminated for any reason,
the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, by one or more written notices to such
Management Investor on or prior to the Call Termination Date, to Call all, or any specified
portion, of the Call Shares at the Call Price.

          (b) Upon the exercise of a Call with respect to any Call Shares pursuant to this Section 7.2,
(i) the Company shall, within 60 days following the Call Date (or such later date as the Call Price
shall have been determined pursuant to Section 7.2(c)), purchase such Call Shares from the
Management Investor for the Call Price, payable in cash or, at the Company’s election to the extent
permitted by Section 7.3, a Company Note and (ii) the Management Investor shall, simultaneously
therewith, transfer such Call Shares to the Company free and clear of all Encumbrances by
delivering to the Company stock certificates for such Call Shares, duly endorsed in blank with
appropriate transfer tax stamps affixed.

          (c) If the Company exercises a Call with respect to any Call Shares of Pervez Qureshi or any
of his Permitted Transferees pursuant to this Section 7.2 and Pervez Qureshi believes in good faith
that the Call Price is greater than the amount determined by the Board, then Pervez Qureshi may
deliver a written objection notice to the Board within thirty (30) days of such determination. If
Pervez Qureshi timely delivers such an objection, the Company will promptly engage a member of The
Institute of Business Appraisers, Inc. who is a Certified Business Appraiser and who is reasonably
acceptable to Pervez Qureshi (the “Appraiser”). The Appraiser will be engaged to deliver
to the Company and Pervez Qureshi a written determination (such determination to include a report
setting forth all material analyses used in arriving at such determination) stating the Appraiser’s
determination of the Call Price (it being agreed that if such determination specifies a range, the
Call Price will be the mid-point of that range) and such Call Price as determined by such Appraiser
shall be deemed to be the Call Price and shall be final and binding on the parties, absent manifest
error by the Appraiser. If such Call Price determined by the Appraiser is more than 15% higher
than the Call Price previously determined by the Board, then the costs and expenses of such
Appraiser shall be borne by the Company. If such Call Price determined by such Appraiser is not
more than 15% higher than the Call Price previously determined by the Board, then Pervez Qureshi
shall reimburse the Company for the costs and expenses of such Appraiser (which reimbursement may,
in whole or in part, be deducted from the cash or Company Note, as applicable, delivered to Pervez
Qureshi or such Permitted Transferee).

     Section 7.3. Settlement with Company Note. If (a) a Management Investor’s employment
with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Management Investor without Good
Reason or (b) at the time the Company exercises its Call right with respect to the Call Shares of
such Management Investor the Company is not permitted to pay the Call Price in cash pursuant to the
then applicable terms and conditions of the agreements

49

 

governing the Company’s indebtedness for money borrowed, then the Company shall have the
option to settle its obligations to purchase the Call Shares of such Management Investor pursuant
to Section 7.2 by delivery to such Management Investor at the closing of the purchase of such Call
Shares a promissory note of the Company in a face amount equal to the Call Price of such Call
Shares (a “Company Note”); provided, however, that, if (i) the Company has
the option to deliver Company Notes pursuant to the immediately foregoing clause (b) in connection
with the exercise of Calls with respect to the Call Shares of more than one Management Investor
whose employment with the Company previously had been terminated by the Company without Cause or by
the Management Investor with Good Reason and (ii) the Company exercises Calls with respect to more
than one of such Management Investors during the period that such clause (b) applies, then Company
Notes must constitute the same percentage of the respective Call Prices for the Call Shares of each
of such Management Investors. Each Company Note shall bear interest at a rate of five percent (5%)
per annum. Each Company Note shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of the
Company’s indebtedness for money borrowed, shall mature no later than the five-year anniversary of
the Call Date and, if delivered by the Company pursuant to the immediately foregoing clause (b),
shall provide for mandatory prepayment promptly after, but only to the extent that, the terms and
conditions of the agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness for money borrowed subsequently
would permit such prepayment to occur.

     Section 7.4. Call Option of the H&F Investors. If, at any time prior to the Call
Termination Date, the Company shall determine not to exercise its Call right pursuant to this
ARTICLE VII with respect to a Management Investor, then the Company shall promptly notify the H&F
Investors of such determination. In such event, the H&F Investors shall have the right to exercise
the Call right pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ARTICLE VII in the same manner as the
Company.

     Section 7.5. Certain Definitions used in this ARTICLE VII.

          (a) “Call Date” shall mean the date on which the Company notifies a Management
Investor of the Company’s exercise of a Call with respect to all or a portion of such Management
Investor’s Share Equivalents.

          (b) “Call Price” means, with respect to any Call exercised pursuant to this Section
7.2 with respect to any Call Shares, a price equal to the FMV per Share of such Call Shares as
determined in good faith by the Board (except to the extent otherwise provided by Section 7.2(c))
as of the Call Date.

          (c) “Call Termination Date” means the one-year anniversary of the date of termination
of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company (or if the Management Investor acquires
Shares upon the exercise of an Option or similar purchase right following the date of termination,
the one-year anniversary of the date of exercise of Options or similar purchase rights by such
Management Investor); provided, however that, in the event that the Company is not
permitted to pay the Call Price in cash on such anniversary pursuant to the then applicable terms
and conditions of the agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness for money borrowed, the “Call
Termination Date” shall be extended until the tenth (10th) Business Day after such time
as such agreement shall permit such payment to be made in cash.

50

 

          (d) “Cause” means with respect to any Management Investor, unless otherwise defined in
a written employment or similar agreement between such Management Investor and the Company or
otherwise agreed to in writing by such Management Investor and the Company, the occurrence of any
of the following events: (i) dishonest or fraudulent statements or acts of such Management
Investor with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (ii) such Management Investor’s
conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere for, any crime that constitutes a
felony or any misdemeanor (excluding minor traffic violations) involving moral turpitude, deceit,
dishonesty or fraud; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Management Investor with
respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iv) a material breach by such Management Investor
of any agreement to which such Management Investor and the Company are now or hereafter parties.

          (e) “Good Reason” means with respect to any Management Investor, unless otherwise
defined in a written employment or similar agreement between such Management Investor and the
Company or otherwise agreed to in writing by such Management Investor and the Company, the
occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the failure by the Company to comply with any
material provision of any agreement to which such Management Investor and the Company are now or
hereafter parties, (ii) the assignment to such Management Investor of any duties materially
inconsistent with Management Investor’s status pursuant to his or her title in effect immediately
after the Closing; (iii) a reduction by the Company of such Management Investor’s base salary or
bonus opportunity; or (iv) the transfer of such Management Investor’s primary workplace to a
location that is more than fifty (50) miles from such Management Investor’s primary workplace
immediately after the Closing.

     Section 7.6. Exclusion of Rollover Shares. The Shares that may be acquired upon
exercise of the Rollover Options (and any Shares that may be issued as a dividend on such Shares)
shall not be subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE VII.

ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

     Section 8.1. Further Assurances. From time to time, at the reasonable request of any
other party hereto and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver
such additional documents and take all such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to
consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     Section 8.2. Restriction on Employee Equity Program. Without the prior written
consent of the H&F Investors, prior to an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall not issue any
options or other equity grants or awards under any employee equity program unless such options,
grants or other awards, and any resulting Share Equivalents, are subject to the terms and
provisions of this Agreement.

51

 

     Section 8.3. Legend on Share Equivalent Certificates.

          (a) The certificates representing the Restricted Share Equivalents shall include an
endorsement typed conspicuously thereon of the following legend:

 THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD
OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A
STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 2, 2006 (AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME) AND
MAY NOT BE VOTED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
AGREEMENT.

In the event that any Share Equivalents shall cease to be Restricted Share Equivalents, the Company
shall, upon the written request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate
representing such Share Equivalents without the first paragraph of the legend required by this
Section 8.3. In the event that any Share Equivalents shall cease to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall, upon the request of the holder thereof,
issue to such holder a new certificate representing such Share Equivalents without the second
paragraph of the legend required by this Section 8.3.

          (b) All certificates for Share Equivalents representing Restricted Share Equivalents hereafter
issued, whether upon transfer or original issue, shall be endorsed with a like legend.

     Section 8.4. Reimbursement.

          (a) At or promptly after the Closing, the Company will pay directly or reimburse, or cause to
be paid directly or reimbursed, the Sponsor Stockholders and their respective Affiliates for their
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement and the debt and equity financing in connection therewith.

          (b) After the Closing, the Company will pay directly or reimburse, or cause to be paid
directly or reimbursed, the Sponsor Stockholders and each of their respective Affiliates the
actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Sponsor Stockholders and
their respective Affiliates in connection with the monitoring of their investment in the Company,
including (a) fees and actual and reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements of any independent
professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, outside legal counsel or
consultants retained by such Sponsor Stockholders or any of their Affiliates, (b) reasonable costs
of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business
publications, on-line financial services or similar services, retained or used by such Sponsor
Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates and (c) transportation, word

52

 

processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with their or their Affiliates’
ordinary operations.

          (c) All payments or reimbursement for such expenses will be made by wire transfer in same-day
funds to the bank account designated by such Sponsor Stockholder or its relevant Affiliate (i) in
the case of Section 8.4(a), at the Closing and (ii) in the case of Section 8.4(b) promptly upon or
as soon as practicable following request for reimbursement; provided, however that,
in either case, such Sponsor Stockholder or Affiliate has provided the Company with such supporting
documentation reasonably requested by the Company.

     Section 8.5. Information Rights. The Company shall deliver to each of the Significant
Stockholders: (a) audited financial statements of the Company on the earlier of (x) within five
(5) Business Days after the date on which the Board has approved such audited financial statements
and (y) one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year and (ii) unaudited
quarterly financial statements on the earlier of (x) five (5) Business Days after the date on which
the Board has approved such unaudited quarterly financial statements and (y) sixty (60) days after
the end of each fiscal quarter; provided that any Persons receiving financial statements
pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall keep such financial statements confidential and will not
disclose, divulge or use such financial information for any purpose except as permitted by or
provided in this Agreement. This Section 8.5 shall terminate upon an Initial Public Offering.

ARTICLE IX

ADDITIONAL PARTIES

     Section 9.1. Additional Parties. Additional parties may be added to and be bound by
and receive the benefits afforded by this Agreement upon the signing and delivery of a counterpart
of this Agreement by the Company and the acceptance thereof by such additional parties and, to the
extent permitted by Section 11.7, amendments may be effected to this Agreement reflecting such
rights and obligations, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, of such Stockholder as the H&F
Investors and such Stockholder may agree. Promptly after signing and delivering such a counterpart
of this Agreement, the Company will deliver a conformed copy thereof to all of the parties.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 10.1. Indemnification of Stockholders.

          (a) Each of the Company and Merger Sub will indemnify, exonerate and hold the Stockholders and
each of their respective partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers,
fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners,
stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons,
employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and
harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities,
losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith

53

 

(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them
before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”),
arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, arbitration or claim arising directly or
indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) such Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ ownership
of Share Equivalents or other securities of the Company or such Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’
control or ability to influence the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such
Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise out of any breach of this
Agreement by such Indemnitee or its Affiliates or other related Persons or the breach of any
fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnitee to its direct or indirect equity holders,
creditors or Affiliates) or (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or
liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however that if
and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any
reason, the Company and Merger Sub hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and
satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For
the purposes of this Section 10.1, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained
in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final
non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the
extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously
advanced indemnity payments made by the Company and Merger Sub, then such payments shall be
promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the Company and Merger Sub. The rights of any Indemnitee to
indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under
any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise
becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the certificate of incorporation or
bylaws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of
Section 10.1, the term Indemnitees shall not include any Stockholder or its any of its partners,
stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons,
employees and agents or any of the partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors,
officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing
who is an officer, director or employee of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries solely
in such capacity as officer, director or employee. Such officers, directors and employees will be
subject to separate indemnification in such capacity through the Company’s certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and other instruments.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 11.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding
and agreement between the parties as to restrictions on the transferability of Share Equivalents
and the other matters covered herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement
or statement of intent, in each case, written or oral, of any and every nature with respect
thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any document executed or
delivered to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including the bylaws of any company, this
Agreement shall govern as among the parties hereto.

54

 

     Section 11.2. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that the obligations
imposed on them in this Agreement are special, unique and of an extraordinary character, and that,
in the event of breach by any party, damages would not be an adequate remedy and each of the other
parties shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in
addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity. The parties hereto
further agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with
the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief.

     Section 11.3. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and
performed entirely within such State.

     Section 11.4. Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim (each a
“Dispute” and collectively, the “Disputes”) arising out of, relating to or in
connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any Dispute regarding its validity
or termination, or the performance or breach thereof under this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by a panel of three arbitrators selected by the mutual agreement of the
parties to such Dispute in an arbitration proceeding administered by Judicial Arbitration and
Mediation Services (“JAMS”) under its Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedure in
effect at the time of such proceeding, and judgment on the award rendered by such arbitrators may
be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. If the parties to any such Dispute are unable
to select such arbitrators within fifteen (15) days of the first notice given by any party to such
Dispute to the other party or parties to such Dispute requesting arbitration and the selection of
such arbitrators, any party to such Dispute may request that JAMS select such arbitrators, which
selection shall be binding on the parties to such Dispute. If (i) two or more Disputes arising out
of or in connection with this Agreement are simultaneously pending, (ii) the subject matters of
such Disputes involve common questions of law or fact and (iii) the independent resolution of each
such Dispute could result in conflicting decisions or obligations, such Disputes may be
consolidated in a single proceeding. If more than one arbitration proceeding involving any such
Disputes is pending, such proceedings shall, at the request of any party to such Dispute, be
consolidated and settled in a single arbitration proceeding; provided that the
determination of whether such Disputes shall be consolidated shall be determined by the first panel
of three arbitrators established to settle any such Dispute. If such Disputes are consolidated and
more than one panel of three arbitrators has been established to settle any of such Disputes, the
parties to such Dispute shall, within twenty (20) days of such consolidation, select one panel of
three arbitrators so established to settle the single consolidated arbitration proceeding. Unless
the parties to such Dispute otherwise agree to conduct any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this
Section 11.4 elsewhere, such proceeding shall be conducted and any decision shall be rendered in
New York, New York or San Francisco, California, at a venue to be selected by mutual agreement of
the parties to such Dispute (provided that if no such venue is agreed to by the parties,
then New York, New York shall be the venue). Expenses and costs associated with the submission of
any Dispute to arbitration shall be the responsibility of the party against whom a final decision
is rendered with respect to that Dispute (provided that in the case of multiple Disputes
that are consolidated into a single proceeding, the costs of such proceeding shall be borne on a
Dispute-by-Dispute basis by the party against whom a final decision is rendered with respect to
each particular Dispute). The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the
parties to the Dispute; provided, however, that (i) by agreeing to arbitration, the
parties do not intend to deprive any

55

 

court with jurisdiction of its ability to issue a preliminary injunction, attachment or other
form of provisional remedy in aid of the arbitration and a request for such provisional remedies by
a party to a court shall not be deemed a waiver of this agreement to arbitrate, and (ii) in
addition to the authority conferred upon the tribunal by the rules specified above, the tribunal
shall also have the authority to grant provisional remedies, including injunctive relief.

     Section 11.5. Obligations. All obligations hereunder shall be satisfied in full
without set-off, defense or counterclaim.

     Section 11.6. Consents, Approvals and Actions.

          (a) If any consent, approval or action of the H&F Investors is required at any time pursuant
to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a
majority of the outstanding the Share Equivalents held by the H&F Investors at such time provide
such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

          (b) If any consent, approval or action of the TCEP Investors is required at any time pursuant
to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a
majority of the outstanding the Share Equivalents held by the TCEP Investors at such time provide
such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

          (c) If any consent, approval or action of the JMI Investors is required at any time pursuant
to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a
majority of the outstanding the Share Equivalents held by the JMI Investors at such time provide
such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

          (d) If any consent, approval or action of the Management Investors is required at any time
pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders
of a majority of the outstanding the Share Equivalents held by the Management Investors at such
time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

          (e) For purposes of clarity, the operation of Section 11.6(a), (b) and (c) shall not deprive
any of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors or the JMI Investors of their respective rights (i)
to designate directors pursuant to Section 3.1(b), (ii) to nominate directors pursuant to Section
3.1(c) or (iii) pursuant to Section 3.4.

     Section 11.7. Amendment and Waiver.

          (a) This Agreement may be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, at any time
pursuant to an agreement in writing executed by the Company and the H&F Investors; provided
that (i) any amendment, modification or waiver of ARTICLE II that modifies any representation or
warranty given by any Stockholder shall also require the written consent of that Stockholder; (ii)
any amendment, modification or waiver of ARTICLE III that adversely affects the rights of the TCEP
Investors or the JMI Investors shall also require the written consent of the TCEP Investors or the
JMI Investors, as applicable; (iii) any amendment, modification or waiver of ARTICLE IV that
adversely affects the rights of the TCEP Investors, JMI Investors or the Management Investors shall
also require the written consent of the TCEP Investors, the JMI Investors or the Management
Investors, as applicable; (iv) any amendment,

56

 

modification or waiver of ARTICLE VII that adversely affects the rights of a Management
Investor shall also require the written consent of such Management Investor; and (v) any amendment,
modification or waiver to ARTICLE V, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE X or ARTICLE XI
that affects the Non-H&F Stockholders in a different manner than it affects the H&F Investors shall
also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Share Equivalents held by the
Non-H&F Stockholders. Any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with the
immediately preceding sentence shall be effective and binding on the Company and each Stockholder.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any addition of a transferee of Share Equivalents or a
recipient of any Share Equivalents as a party hereto pursuant to ARTICLE IX shall not constitute an
amendment hereto and need be signed only by the Company and such transferee or recipient.

          (c) Any failure by any party at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not be construed a waiver of such provision or any other provisions hereof.

          Section 11.8. Assignment of Rights by the H&F Investors. Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the contrary, the H&F Investors shall have the right to assign any or all of
their rights under this Agreement to any Person or Persons to whom an H&F Investor transfers shares
in accordance with ARTICLE IV.

     Section 11.9. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties’ successors and
permitted assigns.

     Section 11.10. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate only (i) by written
consent of the H&F Investors, the TCEP Investors and the JMI Investors or (ii) upon the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company.

     Section 11.11. Notices. Any and all notices, designations, offers, acceptances or
other communications provided for herein shall be given in writing by registered or certified mail,
which shall be addressed, in the case of the Company, to its principal office, and, in the case of
any Stockholder, to such party’s address appearing on the stock books of the Company or to such
other address as may be designated by such party in writing to the Company. Any demand, notice or
other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on
the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by facsimile, on the day of transmittal thereof if
given during the normal business hours of the recipient, and on the Business day during which such
normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day.

     Section 11.12. Severability. If any portion of this Agreement shall be declared void
or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall
be deemed severable from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in all respects
valid and enforceable.

57

 

     Section 11.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
a single instrument.

     Section 11.14. Assumption of Obligations. Upon consummation of the Merger (as defined
in the Merger Agreement) and the subsequent merger of ASHI with and into Activant, all rights and
obligations of Merger Sub will be assumed by Activant and Activant shall become a party to this
Agreement.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

58

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Stockholders Agreement or caused
this Stockholders Agreement to be signed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	LONE STAR HOLDING CORP.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Andy Ballard	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	LONE STAR MERGER CORP.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Andy Ballard	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary	 	 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, LLC, its General
Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 	David Tunnell	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Director	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL	 	 
	 	 	PARTNERS V (PARALLEL), L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, LLC, its
General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 	David Tunnell	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Director	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL	 	 
	 	 	ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, LLC, its
General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 	David Tunnell	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Director	 	 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THOMA CRESSEY FUND VII, L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	TC Partners VII, L.P., its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	By:	 	Thoma Cressey Equity Partners Inc.,	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Orlando Bravo	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THOMA CRESSEY FRIENDS FUND VII, L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	TC Partners VII, L.P., its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	By:	 	Thoma Cressey Equity Partners Inc.,	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Orlando Bravo	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THOMA CRESSEY FUND VIII, L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	TC Partners VIII, L.P., its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	By:	 	Thoma Cressey Equity Partners Inc.,	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Orlando Bravo	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:
	 	Managing Partner	 	 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	JMI EQUITY FUND V, L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	JMI Associates V, LLC, its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Paul Barber	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	JMI EQUITY FUND V (AI), L.P.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	JMI Associates V, LLC, its General Partner	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	Paul Barber	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTORS:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Pervez Qureshi
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	INITIAL MANAGEMENT INVESTOR:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Name:
	 	 

[Schedule I to Stockholders Agreement]<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 10.102

================================================================================

                                  EZCORP, INC.

                           FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          DATED AS OF OCTOBER 13, 2006

                     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                    AS AGENT

                                       AND

                                  ISSUING BANK

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I        Definitions.............................................     1

   Section 1.1   Definitions.............................................     1
   Section 1.2   Other Definitional Provisions...........................    19

ARTICLE II       Revolving Credit Loan and Swing Loan....................    20

   Section 2.1   Revolving Credit Commitments............................    20
   Section 2.2   Revolving Credit Notes..................................    20
   Section 2.3   Repayment of Revolving Credit Loan......................    20
   Section 2.4   Interest................................................    20
   Section 2.5   Revolving Credit Loan Borrowing Procedure...............    21
   Section 2.6   Conversions and Continuations...........................    21
   Section 2.7   Swing Loans.............................................    22
   Section 2.8   Use of Proceeds.........................................    23
   Section 2.9   Fees....................................................    23
   Section 2.10  Determination of Eurodollar Margin and Commitment Fee
                 Rate....................................................    23
   Section 2.11  Reduction or Termination of Commitments.................    24

ARTICLE III      Letters of Credit.......................................    25

   Section 3.1   Letters of Credit.......................................    25
   Section 3.2   Procedure for Issuing Letters of Credit.................    26
   Section 3.3   Presentment and Reimbursement...........................    26
   Section 3.4   Payment.................................................    27
   Section 3.5   Letter of Credit Fee....................................    27
   Section 3.6   Obligations Absolute....................................    27
   Section 3.7   Limitation of Liability.................................    28

ARTICLE IV       Payments................................................    29

   Section 4.1   Method of Payment.......................................    29
   Section 4.2   Voluntary Prepayment....................................    29
   Section 4.3   Mandatory Prepayments...................................    29
   Section 4.4   Pro Rata Treatment......................................    30
   Section 4.5   Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent.......................    31
   Section 4.6   Taxes...................................................    32
   Section 4.7   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders..........    34
   Section 4.8   Computation of Interest.................................    34
   Section 4.9   Proceeds of Collateral and Collections under the
                 Guaranty................................................    35

ARTICLE V        Yield Protection........................................    36

   Section 5.1   Increased Costs.........................................    36
   Section 5.2   Limitation on Types of Advances.........................    37
   Section 5.3   Illegality..............................................    38
   Section 5.4   Treatment of Affected Advances..........................    38
</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
   Section 5.5   Compensation............................................    39
   Section 5.6   Additional Costs in Respect of Letters of Credit........    39

ARTICLE VI       Conditions Precedent....................................    39

   Section 6.1   Initial Extension of Credit.............................    39
   Section 6.2   All Extensions of Credit................................    41

ARTICLE VII      Representations and Warranties..........................    41

   Section 7.1   Existence...............................................    41
   Section 7.2   Financial Statements....................................    41
   Section 7.3   Action; No Breach.......................................    42
   Section 7.4   Operation of Business...................................    42
   Section 7.5   Litigation and Judgments................................    42
   Section 7.6   Rights in Properties; Liens.............................    42
   Section 7.7   Enforceability..........................................    43
   Section 7.8   Approvals...............................................    43
   Section 7.9   Debt....................................................    43
   Section 7.10  Taxes...................................................    43
   Section 7.11  Use of Proceeds; Margin Securities......................    43
   Section 7.12  ERISA...................................................    43
   Section 7.13  Disclosure..............................................    44
   Section 7.14  Subsidiaries............................................    44
   Section 7.15  Agreements..............................................    44
   Section 7.16  Compliance with Laws....................................    44
   Section 7.17  Investment Company Act..................................    44
   Section 7.18  Public Utility Holding Company Act......................    44
   Section 7.19  Environmental Matters...................................    45

ARTICLE VIII     Positive Covenants......................................    46

   Section 8.1   Reporting Requirements..................................    46
   Section 8.2   Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business...........    48
   Section 8.3   Maintenance of Properties...............................    48
   Section 8.4   Taxes and Claims........................................    48
   Section 8.5   Insurance...............................................    48
   Section 8.6   Inspection Rights; Audits...............................    48
   Section 8.7   Keeping Books and Records...............................    48
   Section 8.8   Compliance with Laws....................................    49
   Section 8.9   Compliance with Agreements..............................    49
   Section 8.10  Further Assurances......................................    49
   Section 8.11  ERISA...................................................    50
   Section 8.12  Landlord's Waivers or Subordinations....................    50
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE IX       Negative Covenants......................................    50

   Section 9.1   Debt....................................................    50
   Section 9.2   Limitation on Liens.....................................    51
   Section 9.3   Mergers, Etc............................................    52
   Section 9.4   Restricted Payments.....................................    52
   Section 9.5   Investments.............................................    53
   Section 9.6   Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock.................    53
   Section 9.7   Transactions With Affiliates............................    53
   Section 9.8   Disposition of Assets...................................    54
   Section 9.9   Nature of Business......................................    54
   Section 9.10  Environmental Protection................................    54
   Section 9.11  Accounting..............................................    55
   Section 9.12  Prepayment of Debt......................................    55
   Section 9.13  Pay-Day Advance Loans...................................    55

ARTICLE X        Financial Covenants.....................................    55

   Section 10.1  Consolidated Net Worth..................................    55
   Section 10.2  Senior Leverage Ratio...................................    55
   Section 10.3  Total Leverage Ratio....................................    55
   Section 10.4  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.............................    55

ARTICLE XI       Default.................................................    56

   Section 11.1  Events of Default.......................................    56
   Section 11.2  Remedies................................................    58
   Section 11.3  Performance by the Agent................................    59

ARTICLE XII      The Agent...............................................    59

   Section 12.1  Appointment and Authority...............................    59
   Section 12.2  Rights as a Lender......................................    59
   Section 12.3  Exculpatory Provisions..................................    60
   Section 12.4  Reliance by Agent.......................................    60
   Section 12.5  Delegation of Duties....................................    61
   Section 12.6  Resignation of Agent....................................    61
   Section 12.7  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.................    61
   Section 12.8  Sharing of Payments, Etc................................    62
   Section 12.9  Indemnification.........................................    62
   Section 12.10 Several Commitments.....................................    63
   Section 12.11 Agent May File Proofs of Claim..........................    63
   Section 12.12 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.........................    64
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE XIII     Miscellaneous...........................................    64

   Section 13.1  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver......................    64
   Section 13.2  Limitation of Liability.................................    66
   Section 13.3  No Duty.................................................    66
   Section 13.4  No Fiduciary Relationship...............................    66
   Section 13.5  Equitable Relief........................................    66
   Section 13.6  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..........................    67
   Section 13.7  Successors and Assigns..................................    67
   Section 13.8  Survival................................................    70
   Section 13.9  Amendments, Etc.........................................    70
   Section 13.10 Maximum Interest Rate...................................    71
   Section 13.11 Notices.................................................    71
   Section 13.12 Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process................    73
   Section 13.13 Binding Arbitration.....................................    74
   Section 13.14 Counterparts............................................    76
   Section 13.15 Severability............................................    76
   Section 13.16 Headings................................................    76
   Section 13.17 Construction............................................    76
   Section 13.18 Independence of Covenants...............................    76
   Section 13.19 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.......    76
   Section 13.20 USA Patriot Act Notice..................................    77
   Section 13.21 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL....................................    77
   Section 13.22 ENTIRE AGREEMENT........................................    78
   Section 13.23 Amendment and Restatement...............................    78
</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit   Description of Exhibit
-------   ----------------------
<S>       <C>
   A      Form of Revolving Credit Note
   B      Form of Swing Note
   C      Advance Request Form
   D      Letter of Credit Request Form
   E      Form of Assignment and Assumption
</TABLE>

                               INDEX TO SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedule   Description of Schedule
--------   -----------------------
<S>        <C>
1.1(a)     Commitments
1.1(c)     Pay-Day Advance Loan Documents
1.1(d)     Real Property
7.14       List of Subsidiaries
9.1        Existing Debt
9.2        Existing Liens
</TABLE>

                                        v
<PAGE>

                  FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

     THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated
as of October 13, 2006, is among EZCORP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Borrower"), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is or which
may from time to time become a signatory hereto or any successor or assignee
thereof (individually, a "Lender" and, collectively, the "Lenders"), and WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as agent for
itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in
such capacity, the "Agent") and as the Issuing Bank (hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

     A. The Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and certain banks or other
lending institutions party thereto have entered into that certain Third Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 8, 2004, as amended through the
date hereof (as amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement").

     B. The Borrower has requested and the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders have agreed to restructure the existing revolving credit facility,
standby letter of credit subfacility and swing-line subfacility, and to amend
and modify the Existing Credit Agreement upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

     Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms
have the following meanings:

               "AAA" is defined in Section 13.13(b).

               "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" means, at any particular
          time, the amount shown in the equity section of the Borrower's
          consolidated balance sheet.

               "Act" is defined in Section 13.20.

               "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Eurodollar Advance for
          any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
          necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) determined by the Agent to be
          equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Advance for such
          Interest Period.

               "Adjustment Date" is defined in Section 2.10.

               "Administrative Questionnaire" means an Administrative
          Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

<PAGE>

               "Advance" means an advance of funds by the Lenders or any of them
          to the Borrower pursuant to Article II (inclusive of the Revolving
          Credit Loan and the Swing Loan) and the Continuation or Conversion
          thereof pursuant to Section 2.6 and Article V hereof.

               "Advance Request Form" means a certificate, in substantially the
          form of Exhibit C hereto, properly completed and signed by the
          Borrower requesting an Advance.

               "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person (a) that
          directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls
          or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; (b)
          that directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of
          any class of voting stock of such Person; or (c) 5% or more of the
          voting stock of which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or
          held by the Person in question. The term "control" means the
          possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
          direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through
          the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise;
          provided, however, in no event shall the Agent or any Lender be deemed
          an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

               "Agent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph
          of this Agreement.

               "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the introductory
          paragraph of this Agreement, as the same may from time to time be
          amended, restated, supplemented or modified.

               "Applicable Lending Office" means for each Lender and each Type
          of Advance, the lending office of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of
          such Lender) designated for such Type of Advance below its name on the
          signature pages hereof or such other office of such Lender (or of an
          Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify
          to the Borrower and the Agent as the office by which its Advances of
          such Type are to be made and maintained.

               "Applicable Percentage" means with respect to any Lender, the
          percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender's
          Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the
          Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments
          most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

               "Applicable Rate" means: (a) during the period that an Advance is
          a Base Rate Advance, the Base Rate, plus the Base Rate Margin, and (b)
          during the period that an Advance is a Eurodollar Advance, the
          Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, plus the Eurodollar Margin.

               "Approved Fund" means any Fund that is administered or managed by
          (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an
          Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

               "Assignment and Assumption" means an assignment and assumption
          entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of
          any party whose consent is

                                       2

<PAGE>

          required by Section 13.7) and accepted by the Agent pursuant to
          Section 13.7, in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto or any
          other form approved by the Agent.

               "Average Inventory" means Inventory calculated by dividing the
          total of all ending Inventory for each month for the most recent 13
          months by 13.

               "Base Rate" means as of any date of determination, a rate per
          annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such
          day, or (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day
          plus 0.5%. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime
          Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective
          date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate,
          respectively, without notice to the Borrower.

               "Base Rate Advances" means Advances that bear interest at rates
          based upon the Base Rate.

               "Base Rate Margin" means 0.00% per annum.

               "Borrower" is defined in the introductory paragraph of this
          Agreement.

               "Borrower Security Agreement" means that certain Third Amended
          and Restated Borrower Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof,
          executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
          Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and Lenders,
          as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or modified from
          time to time.

               "Brady Law" means the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act
          Section 102(s)(1), 18 U.S.C.A. Section 922(s)(1) (West Supp. 2003).

               "Business Day" means (a) any day on which commercial banks are
          not authorized or required to close in Austin, Texas and (b) with
          respect to all borrowings, payments, Conversions, Continuations,
          Interest Periods, and notices in connection with Eurodollar Advances,
          any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried out in the
          London interbank market.

               "Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, all expenditures of
          the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are classified as additions to
          property, plant and equipment on the consolidated statement of cash
          flows of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, including all such
          expenditures so classified as "recurring capital expenditures" and all
          such expenditures associated with Capital Lease Obligations, but
          excluding all such expenditures used to acquire fixed assets from a
          Target in connection with a Permitted Acquisition.

               "Capital Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the
          obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease
          of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or
          personal property, which obligations are required to be classified and
          accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person
          under GAAP. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such Capital
          Lease Obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined
          in accordance with GAAP.

                                       3

<PAGE>

               "Cash Equivalent Investment" means, as to any Person, (a)
          securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
          United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that
          the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support
          thereof) having maturities of not more than six months from the date
          of acquisition, (b) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any
          commercial bank having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary
          of a bank holding company having, a long-term unsecured debt rating of
          at least "AAA" or the equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's, a
          division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or "Aaa" or the equivalent
          thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. with maturities of not
          more than six months from the date of acquisition by such Person, (c)
          repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
          underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above
          entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in
          clause (b) above, (d) commercial paper issued by any Person
          incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent
          thereof by Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
          Inc. or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors
          Service, Inc. and in each case maturing not more than six months after
          the date of acquisition by such Person and (e) investments in money
          market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of
          securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

               "Change in Law" means the occurrence, after the date of this
          Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect
          of any law, rule, regulation (including Regulation D) or treaty, (b)
          any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the
          administration, interpretation or application thereof by any
          Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request,
          guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any
          Governmental Authority.

               "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
          the regulations promulgated and rulings and decisions issued
          thereunder.

               "Collateral" means the property in which Liens have been granted
          to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Borrower
          Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Security Agreement, the Real
          Property Security Documents, or any other agreement, document, or
          instrument executed by the Borrower or a Guarantor in accordance with
          Section 8.10, whether such Liens are now existing or hereafter arise.

               "Commitment" means, as to each Lender, the obligation of such
          Lender to purchase participations (or with respect to the Swing Lender
          or the Issuing Bank, hold other interests in) the Swing Loan and in
          Letters of Credit as described in Articles II and III hereunder, and
          the Revolving Credit Commitment.

               "Commitment Fee" is defined in Section 2.9.

               "Commitment Fee Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

               "Communications" is defined in Section 13.11(b)(iii).

               "Compliance Certificate" is defined in Section 8.1(c).

                                       4

<PAGE>

               "Consolidated Net Income" means, at any particular time, the
          aggregate net income or loss of the Borrower and its consolidated
          Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis as determined in
          accordance with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any particular time, all
          amounts which, in conformity with GAAP, would be included as
          stockholders' equity on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
          and the Subsidiaries; provided, however, there shall be excluded
          therefrom (a) any amount at which shares of capital stock of the
          Borrower appear as an asset on the Borrower's balance sheet, and (b)
          the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.

               "Consumer Obligations" is defined in Section 9.8(c).

               "Continue," "Continuation," and "Continued" shall refer to the
          continuation pursuant to Section 2.6 of a Eurodollar Advance as a
          Eurodollar Advance from one Interest Period to the next Interest
          Period.

               "Contribution and Indemnification Agreement" means that certain
          Third Amended and Restated Contribution and Indemnification Agreement
          dated as of the date hereof executed by the Borrower and the
          Guarantors, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the
          Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or
          modified from time to time.

               "Convert," "Conversion," and "Converted" shall refer to a
          conversion pursuant to Section 2.6 or Article V of one Type of Advance
          into another Type of Advance.

               "CSO LC Issuer" means, with respect to any CSO LC, the Borrower
          or a Guarantor that issued such CSO LC.

               "CSO LC" means, any letter of credit issued by a CSO LC Issuer to
          an unaffiliated third party lender for the account of a borrower of a
          consumer loan in connection with the CSO Program.

               "CSO LC Disbursement" means a disbursement by a CSO LC Issuer to
          an unaffiliated third party lender in connection with a drawing under
          a CSO LC.

               "CSO LC Liabilities" means, at any time, the sum of that portion
          of the aggregate amounts available to be drawn of all outstanding CSO
          LCs equal to the principal amounts of the consumer notes supported by
          such CSO LCs.

               "CSO Program" means the credit services organization program
          implemented by the Borrower or any Guarantor in compliance with
          applicable provisions of law, including without limitation in those
          instances where Texas law is applicable, the Texas Finance Code and
          Sections 302 and 393 thereof.

               "Debt" means as to any Person at any time (without duplication):
          (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all
          obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or
          other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay
          the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade

                                       5

<PAGE>

          accounts payable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of
          business that are not past due by more than 90 days, (d) all Capital
          Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all Debt or other obligations of
          others Guaranteed by such Person, (f) all obligations secured by a
          Lien existing on property owned by such Person, whether or not the
          obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are
          non-recourse to the credit of such Person, (g) all reimbursement
          obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in
          respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances, surety or other
          bonds and similar instruments, and (h) all liabilities of such Person
          in respect of unfunded vested benefits under any Plan.

               "Default" means an Event of Default or the occurrence of an event
          or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would become
          an Event of Default.

               "Default Rate" means the lesser of (a) the Maximum Rate or, (b)
          the sum of the Base Rate in effect from day to day plus 5% per annum.

               "Deposit and Cash Management Services" means the deposit and/or
          cash management products and services provided by a Lender in
          connection with any deposit or other accounts of the Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, the extensions of
          credit made by a Lender to or for the account of the Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection
          therewith.

               "Disposition" is defined in Section 9.8.

               "Dollars" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of
          America.

               "EBITDA" means, for any period of determination, Consolidated Net
          Income, plus, to the extent that any of the following were deducted in
          calculating such Consolidated Net Income, interest expense, tax
          expenses, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA will exclude all
          extraordinary items of income and loss and any gain or loss on the
          sale of assets. In the event a Permitted Acquisition shall have been
          consummated prior to the end of the period for which EBITDA is
          calculated, but during the period covered by the calculation, the
          Borrower shall include the historical EBITDA (as calculated in
          accordance with this definition) of the Target in connection with a
          Permitted Acquisition for the time period covered by the calculation.

               "Eligible Assignee" means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a
          Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a
          natural person) approved by the Agent, and, unless a Default has
          occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected, in
          accordance with Section 13.7, the Borrower, such approval not to be
          unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Borrower; provided, however,
          that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate of the Borrower shall
          qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

               "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, and local
          laws, regulations, and requirements pertaining to health, safety, or
          the environment, as such laws, regulations, and requirements may be
          amended or supplemented from time to time.

               "Environmental Liabilities" means, as to any Person, all
          liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, Remedial Actions, losses,
          damages, punitive damages, consequential

                                       6

<PAGE>

          damages, treble damages, costs, and expenses, (including, without
          limitation, all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of
          counsel, expert and consulting fees and costs of investigation and
          feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest
          incurred as a result of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether
          based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict
          liability, criminal or civil statute, including any Environmental Law,
          permit, order or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other
          Person, arising from environmental, health or safety conditions or the
          Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Material into the
          environment.

               "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
          1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations and published
          interpretations thereunder.

               "ERISA Affiliate" means any corporation or trade or business
          which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within
          the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as the Borrower, which is
          under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the
          Code) with the Borrower, or which is otherwise affiliated with the
          Borrower (within the meaning of Section 414(m) or Section 414(o) of
          the Code).

               "Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning specified in
          Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
          as in effect from time to time

               "Eurodollar Advances" means Advances the interest rates on which
          are determined on the basis of the rates referred to in the definition
          of "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" in this Section 1.1.

               "Eurodollar Margin" is defined in Section 2.10.

               "Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Period for all
          Eurodollar Loans, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per
          annum obtained by dividing (a) the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
          necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750
          (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for
          deposits in Dollars at 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days
          before the first day of such Interest Period for a period equal to
          such Interest Period (provided that, if for any reason such rate is
          not available, the term "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, for any Interest
          Period for all Eurodollar Advances, the rate per annum (rounded
          upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on
          Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for
          deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two
          Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a
          term comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more
          than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable
          rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates) by (b) a
          percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage
          for such Interest Period. Each determination by the Agent pursuant to
          this definition shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

               "Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Interest Period for
          all Eurodollar Loans means the reserve percentage applicable two
          Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under
          regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum
          reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency,

                                       7

<PAGE>

          supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank
          of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to
          liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency
          Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that
          includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
          Eurodollar Loans is determined) having a term equal to such Interest
          Period.

               "Event of Default" is defined in Section 11.1.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

               "Excluded Foreign Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the
          Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the
          United States in respect of which either (a) the pledge of all the
          ownership or equity interest of such Subsidiary as Collateral, (b) the
          pledge by such Subsidiary of all of its assets as Collateral or (c)
          the guarantee by such Subsidiary of the Obligations, would, in the
          good faith judgment of the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent,
          result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower.

               "Excluded Taxes" means, with respect to the Agent, any Lender,
          the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by
          or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes
          imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however
          denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income
          taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof)
          under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its
          principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which
          its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes
          imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by
          any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the
          case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request
          by the Borrower under Section 4.7), any withholding tax that is
          imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such
          Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending
          office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure or
          inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with
          Section 4.6(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its
          assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new
          lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the
          Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section
          4.6(a).

               "Existing Credit Agreement" is defined in the recitals of this
          Agreement.

               "Existing Debt" means the Debt listed on Schedule 9.1.

               "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
          (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) equal to
          the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
          transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by
          Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve
          Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day,
          provided that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined
          is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be
          such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as
          so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if such rate
          is not so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal
          Funds Rate for any day

                                       8

<PAGE>

          shall be the average rate charged to Wells Fargo Bank, National
          Association on such day on such transactions as determined by the
          Agent.

               "Fiscal Quarter" means any three-month period ending December 31,
          March 31, June 30, or September 30.

               "Fiscal Year" means each 12-month period ending September 30 of
          each year.

               "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, for each Fiscal Quarter, the
          quotient determined by dividing (a) the sum of EBITDA, plus Rental
          Expense, minus Capital Expenditures, minus dividends paid in cash by
          the Borrower, minus taxes paid in cash by the Borrower and its
          consolidated Subsidiaries, in each case for the period of such Fiscal
          Quarter, plus the three prior Fiscal Quarters, by (b) the sum of the
          aggregate interest expense, the current portion of long-term Debt
          (excluding the current portion of the outstanding balance under the
          Revolving Credit Commitments) and Rental Expense of the Borrower and
          its consolidated Subsidiaries, in each case for the period of such
          Fiscal Quarter plus the three prior Fiscal Quarters.

               "Foreign Lender" means any Lender that is organized under the
          laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is
          resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United
          States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia
          shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

               "Fund" means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or
          will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing
          in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary
          course of its business.

               "Funded Debt" means, at any particular time, the sum of the
          following, calculated on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the
          Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) all obligations for borrowed
          money, including but not limited to senior bank debt, senior notes and
          subordinated debt, (b) all obligations relating to the deferred
          purchase price of property and services, (c) all Capital Lease
          Obligations, (d) all obligations as a reimbursement obligor with
          respect to an issued letter of credit or similar instrument (whether
          drawn or undrawn), (e) all CSO LC Liabilities of a CSO LC Issuer, and
          (f) all obligations under a Guarantee of borrowed money, or any other
          type of direct or contingent obligation other than Guarantees
          permitted under Section 9.1(g).

               "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on
          a consistent basis, as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting
          Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
          Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards
          Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in
          the circumstances as of the date in question. Accounting principles
          are applied on a "consistent basis" when the accounting principles
          applied in a current period are comparable in all material respects to
          those accounting principles applied in a preceding period.

               "Governmental Authority" means the government of the United
          States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision
          thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
          instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity

                                       9

<PAGE>

          exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or
          administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government
          (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the
          European Central Bank).

               "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or
          otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt
          or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the
          generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect,
          contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or
          advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or
          other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership
          arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
          securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
          statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose
          of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other
          obligation of the payment thereof or to protect the obligee against
          loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term
          Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in
          the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb
          has a corresponding meaning.

               "Guarantor" means collectively, (a) each and every domestic
          Subsidiary of the Borrower in existence as of the date hereof which
          include but are not limited to those Subsidiaries listed on Schedule
          7.14 and (b) each and every Significant Subsidiary formed or acquired
          on or after the date hereof (which are listed on Schedule 7.14 as the
          same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.10)
          that executes a supplement to the Guaranty in accordance with Section
          8.10.

               "Guaranty" means that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty
          Agreement dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Guarantors in
          favor of the Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory
          to the Agent and the Lenders, as the same has been or may be amended,
          restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

               "Hazardous Material" means any substance, product, waste,
          pollutant, material, chemical, contaminant, constituent, or other
          material which is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed under any
          Environmental Law.

               "Indemnified Taxes" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

               "Indemnitee" is defined in Section 13.1(b).

               "Information" is defined in Section 13.19.

               "Interest Period" means the period commencing, with respect to
          any Eurodollar Advances, on the date such Eurodollar Advances are made
          or Converted from Advances of another Type or, in the case of each
          subsequent, successive Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar
          Advance, the last day of the next preceding Interest Period with
          respect to such Advance, and ending on the numerically corresponding
          day in the first, second, third or sixth calendar month thereafter, as
          the Borrower may select as provided in Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof,
          except that each such Interest Period which commences on the last
          Business Day of a calendar month (or on any day for which there is no
          numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar
          month) shall end on the last

                                       10

<PAGE>

          Business Day of the first, second, third or sixth calendar month
          thereafter, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a)
          each Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a
          Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day or, if such
          succeeding Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month,
          on the next preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period for
          Eurodollar Advances under the Revolving Credit Loan which would
          otherwise extend beyond the Termination Date shall end on the
          Termination Date and the provisions of Section 5.5 shall apply; and
          (c) no Interest Period for any Eurodollar Advances shall have a
          duration of less than one month, and, if the Interest Period for any
          Eurodollar Advances would otherwise be a shorter period, such Advances
          shall not be available hereunder.

               "Inventory" means at any particular time, inventory (as defined
          in the UCC) of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries including,
          without limitation, all materials and goods held by or for the benefit
          of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries for sale, lease or
          consumption.

               "Issuing Bank" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, Wells
          Fargo Bank, National Association.

               "LC Participation" means, with respect to any Lender, at any
          time, the amount of participating interest held by such Lender (or in
          the case of the Issuing Bank, other interests) in respect of a Letter
          of Credit.

               "Leased Location" means any location which is leased by the
          Borrower or any Subsidiary and at which the Borrower or the applicable
          Subsidiary maintains Collateral.

               "Lender" is defined in the introductory paragraph of this
          Agreement.

               "Letter of Credit" means, any standby letter of credit issued by
          the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Article
          III.

               "Letter of Credit Disbursement" means a disbursement by the
          Issuing Bank to the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit in connection
          with a drawing thereunder.

               "Letter of Credit Liabilities" means, at any time, the sum of (a)
          the aggregate amounts available to be drawn of all outstanding Letters
          of Credits and (b) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit
          Disbursements for which the Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed by
          the Borrower.

               "Letter of Credit Request Form" means, a certificate, in
          substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, properly completed and
          signed by the Borrower requesting issuance of a Letter of Credit.

               "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien,
          financing statement, pledge, charge, hypothecation, assignment,
          preference, priority, or other encumbrance of any kind or nature
          whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or
          title retention agreement), whether arising by contract, operation of
          law, or otherwise.

                                       11

<PAGE>

               "Litigation Fund Account" means a litigation fund account
          established and maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to secure
          the Borrower's and/or its Subsidiaries' obligations to be incurred
          with County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware in connection with
          Pay-Day Advance Loans, such obligations to be established and governed
          by the Pay-Day Advance Loan Documents.

               "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty,
          the Contribution and Indemnification Agreement, the Borrower Security
          Agreement, the Subsidiary Security Agreement, the Real Property
          Security Documents and all other promissory notes, security
          agreements, assignments, deeds of trust, guaranties, and other
          instruments, documents, and agreements now or hereafter executed and
          delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, as such
          instruments, documents, and agreements may be amended, modified,
          renewed, extended, or supplemented from time to time.

               "Loans" means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Loan and the
          Swing Loan.

               "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a)
          the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
          prospects, or properties of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as
          a whole, or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or
          any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agent
          or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder. In determining whether any
          individual event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
          Adverse Effect, notwithstanding that such event does not itself have
          such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have
          occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then
          existing events could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
          Adverse Effect.

               "Material Debt" is defined in Section 11.1(h).

               "Maximum Rate" means, at any time and with respect to any Lender,
          the maximum rate of interest under applicable law that such Lender may
          charge the Borrower. The Maximum Rate shall be calculated in a manner
          that takes into account any and all fees, payments, and other charges
          in respect of the Loan Documents that constitute interest under
          applicable law. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein
          based upon the Maximum Rate resulting from a change in the Maximum
          Rate shall take effect without notice to the Borrower at the time of
          such change in the Maximum Rate. For purposes of determining the
          Maximum Rate under Texas law, the applicable rate ceiling shall be the
          applicable weekly ceiling described in, and computed in accordance
          with, Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code.

               "Monthly Payment Date" means the third day of each calendar month
          of each year, the first of which shall be October 3, 2006.

               "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan defined as such
          in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by the
          Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and which is covered by Title IV of
          ERISA.

               "Net Proceeds" from any issuance, sale or disposition of any
          shares of equity securities (or any securities convertible or
          exchangeable for any such shares, or any

                                       12

<PAGE>

          rights, warrants, or options to subscribe for or purchase any such
          shares) means the amount equal to (a) the aggregate gross proceeds of
          such issuance, sale or other disposition, less (b) the following: (i)
          placement agent fees, (ii) underwriting discounts and commissions,
          (iii) bank and other lender fees, and (iv) reasonable legal fees and
          other reasonable expenses payable by the issuer in connection with
          such issuance, sale or other disposition. "Net Proceeds" from any
          disposition of assets means the amount equal to (a) the aggregate
          gross proceeds of such disposition, less (b) the following: (i) sales
          or other similar taxes paid or payable by the seller in connection
          with such disposition, (ii) reasonable broker fees in connection with
          such disposition, (iii) reasonable legal fees and other reasonable
          expenses payable by the seller in connection with such disposition and
          (iv) the amount of any Debt secured by the assets that must be repaid
          in connection with such disposition so long as it is a Debt permitted
          under this Agreement.

               "Notes" means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes and the
          Swing Note.

               "Obligated Party" means each Guarantor and any other Person who
          is or becomes party to any written agreement that guarantees or
          secures payment and performance of the Obligations or any part
          thereof.

               "Obligations" means, collectively, the Primary Obligations and
          the Secondary Obligations.

               "Other Taxes" means all present or future stamp or documentary
          taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies
          arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan
          Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or
          otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

               "Participant" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
          13.7(d).

               "Pay-Day Advance Loan Documents" means the documents, instruments
          and agreements which are acceptable to the Agent and the Lenders and
          are more specifically described on Schedule 1.1(c) attached hereto,
          and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, restatements
          and supplements thereto, copies of which have been provided to the
          Agent and the Lenders and are satisfactory in form and substance to
          the Agent and the Lenders; provided that if such amendments,
          modifications, renewals, extensions, restatements and supplements are
          non-substantive from the perspective of the economics of the
          transactions evidenced by such documents, instruments and agreements
          described on Schedule 1.1(c), prior approval by the Agent and the
          Lenders is not required.

               "Pay-Day Advance Loans" means loans which are anticipated to be
          repaid by the proceeds of deferred presentment checks or through an
          ACH debit from the account of the borrower of the Pay-Day Advance
          Loan.

               "Pay-Day Only Store" means any location of the Borrower or any of
          its Subsidiaries where the only business conducted at such location is
          the origination and/or processing of Pay-Day Advance Loans and/or
          other unsecured consumer loans (including without limitation, the
          processing of Pay-Day Advance Loans and/or other unsecured

                                       13

<PAGE>

          consumer loans originated by a Person other than the Borrower or any
          Subsidiary) and other services incident to the foregoing.

               "Payment Office" means the operational office of the Agent in
          Denver, Colorado, presently located at 1740 Broadway, 3rd Floor, MAC
          #C7300-034, Denver, Colorado 80274.

               "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
          entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.

               "Permitted Acquisitions" means those acquisitions by the Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of either the
          assets of, or equity interests in, a Person (such Person hereinafter
          referred to as the "Target") so long as (a) the purchase price
          (whether in cash or other consideration) of such acquisition shall not
          exceed an amount equal to 15% of the Borrower's Consolidated Net Worth
          as of the closing date of such acquisition, (b) such acquisitions
          shall be of either the assets of a Target used in, or equity interests
          in a Target engaged in, the same or substantially similar businesses
          as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, (c) such
          acquisitions must not be hostile acquisitions, (d) no Default or Event
          of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
          (e) the Borrower has furnished to the Agent a Compliance Certificate
          setting forth (i) recalculations of compliance with the covenants
          contained in Article X for the prior four Fiscal Quarters then most
          recently ended prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, on a
          pro forma basis as if such Permitted Acquisition had occurred on the
          first day of such period, and such recalculations shall show that such
          covenants would have been complied with if the Permitted Acquisition
          had occurred on the first day of such period and (ii) the Borrower in
          good faith believes that after giving effect to such Permitted
          Acquisition the covenants contained in Article X will continue to be
          met for the one year period following the consummation of such
          Permitted Acquisition, (f) after giving effect to such Permitted
          Acquisition, the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loan Advances
          available to be advanced pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be at least
          $10,000,000, and (g) the Agent shall have received from the Borrower
          notice of such Permitted Acquisition at least 30 days prior to the
          closing of such Permitted Acquisition.

               "Permitted Debt" means (a) the Obligations, (b) Existing Debt and
          (c) other Debt permitted by Section 9.1.

               "Permitted Liens" means Liens permitted by Section 9.2.

               "Permitted Payments" means those dividends or other payments or
          distributions on account of its capital stock or made to redeem,
          purchase, retire, or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock (or
          the purchase or acquisition by any Subsidiary of any capital stock of
          the Borrower or another Subsidiary), so long as (a) the aggregate
          amount of such dividend, payment or distribution shall not exceed an
          amount equal to 15% of the Borrower's Consolidated Net Worth as of the
          date of such Permitted Payment, (b) no Default or Event of Default has
          occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (c) the Borrower
          has furnished to the Agent a Compliance Certificate setting forth (i)
          recalculations of compliance with the covenants contained in Article X
          for the prior four Fiscal Quarters then most recently ended prior to
          the date of such Permitted

                                       14

<PAGE>

          Payment, on a pro forma basis as if such Permitted Payment had
          occurred on the first day of such period, and such recalculations
          shall show that such covenants would have been complied with if the
          Permitted Payment had occurred on the first day of such period and
          (ii) the Borrower in good faith believes that after giving effect to
          such Permitted Payment the covenants contained in Article X will
          continue to be met for the one year period following the consummation
          of such Permitted Payment, and (d) after giving effect to such
          Permitted Payment, the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loan
          Advances available to be advanced pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be at
          least $10,000,000.

               "Person" means any individual, corporation, business trust,
          association, company, partnership, joint venture, Governmental
          Authority, or other entity.

               "Plan" means any employee benefit plan (within the meaning of
          Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by the Borrower or
          any ERISA Affiliate, which plan is subject to the provisions of ERISA.

               "Platform" is defined in Section 13.11(b)(iii).

               "Primary Obligations" means all obligations, indebtedness, and
          liabilities of the Borrower to the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the
          Lenders, or any of them, arising pursuant to any of the Loan
          Documents, now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct,
          indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated,
          unliquidated, joint, several, or joint and several, including, without
          limitation, the obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of the
          Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents
          (including without limitation, all of the Borrower's contingent
          reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit), and all
          interest accruing thereon and all attorneys' fees and other expenses
          incurred in the enforcement or collection thereof.

               "Prime Rate" means, at any time, the rate of interest per annum
          then most recently announced by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
          at its principal office in San Francisco as its prime rate, which rate
          may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by Wells Fargo Bank,
          National Association to its borrowers. Each change in any interest
          rate provided for herein based upon the Prime Rate resulting from a
          change in the Prime Rate shall take effect on the date the change is
          announced by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association without notice to
          the Borrower at the time of such change in the Prime Rate.

               "Principal Office" means the principal office of the Agent in
          Austin, Texas, presently located at 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2200,
          Austin, Texas 78701.

               "Prohibited Transaction" means any transaction set forth in
          Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1) of the Code for
          which there does not exist a statutory or administrative exemption.

               "Quarterly Payment Date" means the third day of each January,
          April, July and October of each year, the first of which shall be
          October 3, 2006.

               "Real Property" means the fee owned real property and interests
          in fee owned real property of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries,
          including without limitation, that fee owned real property identified
          on Schedule 1.1(d) attached hereto, and all improvements

                                       15

<PAGE>

          and fixtures thereon and all appurtenances thereto, whether now
          existing or hereinafter arising.

               "Real Property Security Documents" means all deeds of trust,
          mortgages and other instruments, documents and agreements executed and
          delivered by the Borrower or any Guarantor in favor of the Agent for
          the benefit of the Lenders, which creates a Lien on such Person's
          interests in the Real Property, as the same may be amended,
          supplemented or modified.

               "Register" is defined in Section 13.7(c).

               "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
          the Federal Reserve System as the same may be amended or supplemented
          from time to time.

               "Related Parties" means, with respect to any Person, such
          Person's Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees,
          agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person's Affiliates.

               "Release" means, as to any Person, any release, spill, emission,
          leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, disbursement,
          leaching, or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or
          outdoor environment or into or out of property owned by such Person,
          including, without limitation, the movement of Hazardous Materials
          through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water, or property
          in violation of Environmental Laws.

               "Remedial Action" means all actions required to (a) clean up,
          remove, treat, or otherwise address Hazardous Materials in the indoor
          or outdoor environment, (b) prevent the Release or threat of Release
          or minimize the further Release of Hazardous Materials so that they do
          not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or
          welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, or (c) perform
          pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring
          and care.

               "Rental Expense" means the amounts paid by the Borrower and each
          Subsidiary to lease facilities for business operations.

               "Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section
          4043 of ERISA.

               "Required Lenders" means at any time while no Advances or Letters
          of Credit Liabilities are outstanding, two or more Lenders having at
          least 66 2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments and, at any
          time while Advances or Letter of Credit Liabilities are outstanding,
          two or more Lenders holding at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
          aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances, the LC
          Participations, and the SL Participations.

               "Reserve Requirement" means, for any Eurodollar Advance for any
          Interest Period therefor, the average maximum rate at which reserves
          (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are
          required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation
          D by member banks of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with
          deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against "Eurocurrency
          Liabilities" as such term is used in Regulation D. Without limiting
          the effect of the foregoing, the

                                       16

<PAGE>

          Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be
          maintained by such member banks by reason of any Change in Law against
          (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference
          to which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is to be determined, or (ii) any
          category of extensions of credit or other assets which include
          Eurodollar Advances.

               "Revolving Credit Commitment" means, as to each Lender, the
          obligation of such Lender to make the Revolving Credit Loan as
          described in Article II hereunder in the principal amount up to but
          not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on
          Schedule 1.1(a) hereto under the heading "Revolving Credit
          Commitment", as the same may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.11 or
          terminated pursuant to Section 2.11 or 11.2. As of the date hereof,
          the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all
          Lenders equals $40,000,000.

               "Revolving Credit Loan" means the revolving credit loan made or
          to be made hereunder to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.

               "Revolving Credit Loan Advance" means an Advance under the
          Revolving Credit Loan.

               "Revolving Credit Notes" means the promissory notes of the
          Borrower payable to the order of the Lenders in the aggregate
          principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan, in substantially the
          form of Exhibit A hereto, and all extensions, renewals, and
          modifications thereof.

               "Rules" is defined in Section 13.13(b).

               "Secondary Obligations" means all obligations, indebtedness, and
          liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders or any of them, arising
          pursuant to or in connection with the Deposit and Cash Management
          Services, now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect,
          related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated,
          joint, several, or joint and several, including without limitation,
          the obligations of the Borrower to pay all fees, costs and expenses
          (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) provided
          for in connection with the documentation governing the Deposit and
          Cash Management Services.

               "Senior Funded Debt" means, at any particular time, the sum of
          the following, calculated on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and
          the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) all obligations for
          borrowed money, including but not limited to senior bank debt, senior
          notes and subordinated debt, but excluding any subordinated debt
          permitted by Section 9.1(e), (b) all obligations relating to the
          deferred purchase price of property and services, (c) all Capital
          Lease Obligations, (d) all obligations as a reimbursement obligor with
          respect to an issued letter of credit or similar instrument (whether
          drawn or undrawn), (e) all CSO LC Liabilities of a CSO LC Issuer, and
          (f) all obligations under a Guarantee of borrowed money, or any other
          type of direct or contingent obligations other than Guarantees
          permitted under Section 9.1(g).

                                       17
<PAGE>

          "Senior Leverage Ratio" means, as of any Fiscal Quarter end, the ratio
     of (a) Senior Funded Debt to (b) EBITDA, in each case for such Fiscal
     Quarter and the prior three Fiscal Quarters.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of
     the Borrower formed or acquired after the date hereof which either (a) has
     assets with an aggregate book value of equal to or greater than $5,000,000,
     (b) is designated by the Agent or the Required Lenders as a Significant
     Subsidiary, or (c) owns equity interests in a foreign Significant
     Subsidiary.

          "SL Participation" means, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the
     amount of participating interest held by such Lender (or in the case of the
     Swing Lender, other interests) in respect of the Swing Loan.

          "Subsidiary" means any corporation (or other entity) of which at least
     a majority of the outstanding shares of stock (or other ownership
     interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
     majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such
     corporation (or other entity) (irrespective of whether or not at the time
     stock (or other ownership interests) of any other class or classes of such
     corporation (or other entity) shall have or might have voting power by
     reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or
     indirectly owned or controlled by the Borrower or one or more of the
     Subsidiaries or by the Borrower and one or more of the Subsidiaries.

          "Subsidiary Security Agreement" means collectively, those certain
     Third Amended and Restated Subsidiary Security Agreements dated as of the
     date hereof executed by the Guarantors in favor of the Agent for the
     benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and
     the Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or
     modified from time to time.

          "Swing Commitment" means an amount (subject to reduction or
     cancellation as herein provided) equal to $3,000,000.

          "Swing Lender" means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

          "Swing Loan" means the swing loan made or to be made hereunder to the
     Borrower pursuant to Section 2.7.

          "Swing Loan Advance" means an Advance under the Swing Loan.

          "Swing Note" means the promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
     order of the Swing Lender in the principal amount of the Swing Commitment
     in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, and all extensions,
     renewals, and modifications thereof.

          "Target" is defined in the definition of "Permitted Acquisition".

          "Taxes" means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
     deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any
     Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or
     penalties applicable thereto.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          "Termination Date" means 10:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) on October 1,
     2009 or such earlier date and time on which the Revolving Credit
     Commitments and Swing Commitment terminate as provided in this Agreement.

          "Total Leverage Ratio" means, as of any Fiscal Quarter end, the ratio
     of (a) Funded Debt, minus, for purposes of determining the Eurodollar
     Margin and Commitment Fee Rate only, CSO LC Liabilities (to the extent
     included in Funded Debt) to (b) EBITDA, in each case for such Fiscal
     Quarter and the prior three Fiscal Quarters.

          "Type" means any type of Advance (i.e., Base Rate Advance or
     Eurodollar Advance).

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of
     Texas from time to time.

          "Waiver" is defined in Section 8.12.

     Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. The definitions of terms herein
shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and
"including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation."
The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the
word "shall." Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or
reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be
construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from
time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any
restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein),
(b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such
Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder," and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all
references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement, (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless
otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time and (f) the words "asset" and "property" shall be
construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all
tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities,
accounts and contract rights. All accounting terms not specifically defined
herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Terms used herein that are
defined in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings
specified in the UCC. In the event of any changes in accounting principles
required by GAAP or recommended by the Borrower's certified public accountants
and implemented by the Borrower occur and such changes result in a change in the
method of the calculation of financial covenants, standards, or terms under this
Agreement, then the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders agree to enter into
negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to
equitably reflect such changes with the desired result that the criteria for
evaluating such covenants, standards, or terms shall be the same after such
changes as if such changes had not been made. Until such time as such an
amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Agent, the Borrower and
the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards, and terms in this
Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such changes had
not occurred.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                      Revolving Credit Loan and Swing Loan

     Section 2.1 Revolving Credit Commitments. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, each Lender severally agrees to make one or more
Revolving Credit Loan Advances to the Borrower from time to time from the date
hereof to but excluding the Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment as then in effect, provided that the aggregate
amount of all Revolving Credit Loan Advances at any time outstanding shall not
exceed (a) the Revolving Credit Commitments, minus (b) the sum of the
outstanding Swing Loan Advances and the Letter of Credit Liabilities. Subject to
the foregoing limitations, and the other terms and provisions of this Agreement,
the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow hereunder the amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitments by means of Base Rate Advances and Eurodollar
Advances and, until the Termination Date, the Borrower may Convert Revolving
Credit Loan Advances of one Type into Revolving Credit Loan Advances of another
Type. Revolving Credit Loan Advances of each Type made by each Lender shall be
made and maintained at such Lender's Applicable Lending Office for Advances of
such Type.

     Section 2.2 Revolving Credit Notes. The obligation of the Borrower to repay
each Lender for Revolving Credit Loan Advances made by such Lender and interest
thereon shall be evidenced by a Revolving Credit Note executed by the Borrower,
payable to the order of such Lender, in the principal amount of such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment dated the date hereof.

     Section 2.3 Repayment of Revolving Credit Loan. The Borrower shall repay
the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Loan
on the Termination Date.

     Section 2.4 Interest. The unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit
Loan shall bear interest at a varying rate per annum equal from day to day to
the lesser of (a) the Maximum Rate or (b) the Applicable Rate. If at any time
the Applicable Rate for any Advance shall exceed the Maximum Rate, thereby
causing the interest accruing on such Advance to be limited to the Maximum Rate,
then any subsequent reduction in the Applicable Rate for such Advance shall not
reduce the rate of interest on such Advance below the Maximum Rate until the
aggregate amount of interest accrued on such Advance equals the aggregate amount
of interest which would have accrued on such Advance if the Applicable Rate had
at all times been in effect. Accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Credit
Loan Advances shall be due and payable as follows:

          (a) in the case of all Base Rate Advances, on each Monthly Payment
     Date;

          (b) in the case of all Eurodollar Advances, on the last day of the
     Interest Period with respect thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period
     with a duration greater than three months, at three-month intervals after
     the first day of such Interest Period;

          (c) upon the payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Advance or the
     Conversion of any Eurodollar Advance to an Advance of another Type (but
     only on the principal amount so paid, prepaid, or Converted); and

                                       20

<PAGE>

          (d) with respect to Revolving Credit Loan Advances and Swing Loan
     Advances, on the Termination Date.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the outstanding principal amounts of all
Advances and (to the fullest extent permitted by law) any other amounts payable
by the Borrower under any Loan Document shall bear interest at the Default Rate
at the Required Lenders' option beginning upon the occurrence of such Event of
Default or such later date as selected by the Required Lenders. Interest payable
at the Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

     Section 2.5 Revolving Credit Loan Borrowing Procedure. The Borrower shall
give the Agent notice by means of an Advance Request Form of each requested
Revolving Credit Loan Advance at least one Business Day before the requested
date of each Base Rate Advance, and at least three Business Days before the
requested date of each Eurodollar Advance, specifying: (a) the requested date of
such Revolving Credit Loan Advance (which shall be a Business Day), (b) the
amount of such Revolving Credit Loan Advance, (c) the Type of Revolving Credit
Loan Advance, and (d) in the case of a Eurodollar Advance, the duration of the
Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Loan Advance. Each Eurodollar Advance
under the Revolving Credit Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of
$1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000. Each Base Rate Advance under the
Revolving Credit Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or in
greater increments of $100,000. The Agent shall notify each Lender of the
contents of each such notice promptly. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Austin, Texas
time) on the date specified for each Revolving Credit Loan Advance hereunder,
each Lender will make available to the Agent at the Principal Office in
immediately available funds, for the account of the Borrower, its pro rata share
of each Revolving Credit Loan Advance. After the Agent's receipt of such funds
and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Agent will
make each Revolving Credit Loan Advance available to the Borrower by depositing
the same, in immediately available funds, in an account of the Borrower
(designated by the Borrower) maintained with the Agent at the Principal Office.
All notices by the Borrower under this Section shall be irrevocable and shall be
given not later than 11:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) on the day which is not
less than the number of Business Days specified above for such notice.

     Section 2.6 Conversions and Continuations. The Borrower shall have the
right from time to time to Convert all or part of a Revolving Credit Loan
Advance of one Type into an Advance of another Type or to Continue Eurodollar
Advances as Eurodollar Advances by giving the Agent written notice at least one
Business Day before Conversion into a Base Rate Advance, and at least three
Business Days before Conversion into or Continuation of a Eurodollar Advance,
specifying: (a) the Conversion or Continuation date, (b) the amount of the
Advance to be Converted or Continued, (c) in the case of Conversions, the Type
of Advance to be Converted into, and (d) in the case of a Continuation of or
Conversion into a Eurodollar Advance, the duration of the Interest Period
applicable thereto; provided that (i) Eurodollar Advances may only be Converted
on the last day of the Interest Period, (ii) except for Conversions into Base
Rate Advances, no Conversions shall be made while a Default has occurred and is
continuing, and (iii) no more than five Interest Periods shall be in effect at
the same time. The Agent shall notify each Lender of the contents of each such
notice promptly and in any event not later than one Business Day after receipt
thereof. All notices by the Borrower under this Section shall be irrevocable and
shall be given not later than 11:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) on the day which
is not less than the number of Business Days specified above for such notice. If
the Borrower shall

                                       21

<PAGE>

fail to give the Agent the notice as specified above for Continuation or
Conversion of a Eurodollar Advance prior to the end of the Interest Period with
respect thereto, such Eurodollar Advance shall be Converted automatically into a
Base Rate Advance on the last day of the then current Interest Period for such
Eurodollar Advance.

     Section 2.7 Swing Loans.

          (a) Making Swing Loans; Interest Rate. For the convenience of the
     parties and as an integral part of the transactions contemplated by the
     Loan Documents, the Swing Lender, solely for its own account, agrees, on
     the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Swing Loans to the
     Borrower (which the Borrower may repay and reborrow from time to time in
     accordance with the terms and provisions hereof) from time to time on any
     Business Day during the period from the date hereof to but excluding the
     Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
     outstanding which shall not exceed the Swing Commitment; provided that, the
     Swing Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Loan (i) which when
     added to the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loan Advances plus the
     outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities plus the outstanding Swing Loan
     Advances would exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments, and (ii) at any
     time after any Lender has refused to purchase a participation in any Swing
     Loan as provided in Section 2.7(d). All Swing Loans shall bear interest at
     the lesser of (A) the Maximum Rate and (B) the Applicable Rate for Base
     Rate Advances (subject to Section 2.4) and shall be included within the
     Primary Obligations hereunder. Each Swing Loan shall be subject to all the
     terms and conditions applicable to the Revolving Credit Loan; provided
     that, (i) there shall be no minimum Swing Loan Advance amount or repayment
     for a Swing Loan except as provided in Section 2.7(c), and (ii) each Swing
     Loan shall be available and may be prepaid on same day telephonic notice to
     be followed promptly with an Advance Request Form (except for telephonic
     notices of prepayment) from the Borrower to the Swing Lender, so long as
     such notice is received by the Swing Lender prior to 11:00 a.m. (Austin,
     Texas time).

          (b) Swing Note. The Swing Loans made by the Swing Lender shall be
     evidenced by a single promissory note of the Borrower in substantially the
     form of Exhibit B hereto, payable to the order of the Swing Lender in a
     principal amount equal to the Swing Commitment as originally in effect and
     otherwise duly completed.

          (c) Repayment of Swing Loans. Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the
     date 10 Business Days after each Swing Loan Advance, and (ii) demand by the
     Swing Lender, the Borrower shall promptly borrow Revolving Credit Loans
     from the Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and apply the proceeds of
     such Revolving Credit Loans to the repayment of such Swing Loan Advance
     then due.

          (d) Participation of Lenders. In the event the Borrower shall fail to
     repay when due any Swing Loan, each Lender with a Revolving Credit
     Commitment shall irrevocably and unconditionally purchase from the Swing
     Lender an SL Participation in such Swing Loan in lawful money of the United
     States and in the same day funds, in an amount equal to such Lender's pro
     rata share (based on the Revolving Credit Commitments) of the principal
     amount of such Swing Loans then due. If such amount is not in fact made
     available to the Swing Lender by any Lender with a Revolving Credit
     Commitment, the Swing Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on
     demand from

                                       22

<PAGE>

     such Lender together with accrued interest thereon, for each day from the
     date of demand therefor, if made prior to 1:00 p.m. (Austin, Texas time) on
     any Business Day, or, if made at any other time, from the next Business Day
     following the date of such demand, until the date such amount is paid to
     the Swing Lender by such Lender at the Federal Funds Rate. If such Lender
     does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Swing Lender's demand therefor,
     and until such time as such Lender makes the required payment, the Swing
     Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding a Swing Loan in the
     amount of such unpaid participation obligation for all purposes under the
     Loan Documents other than those provisions requiring the other Lenders with
     a Revolving Credit Commitment to purchase a participation therein.
     Thereafter, each payment of all or any part of the Primary Obligations
     evidenced by the Swing Note shall be paid to the Swing Lender for the
     ratable benefit of the Swing Lender and the Lenders who are participants in
     the Swing Loan; provided that, with respect to any participation hereunder,
     all interest accruing on the Swing Loan (or any portion thereof) to which
     such participation relates prior to the date of purchase of any
     participation hereunder shall be payable solely to the Swing Lender for its
     own account.

     Section 2.8 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of Advances shall be used by the
Borrower (a) to refinance Debt of the Borrower under the Existing Credit
Agreement, (b) for working capital in the ordinary course of business and other
general corporate purposes and (c) to finance Permitted Acquisitions.

     Section 2.9 Fees. (a) On or prior to each October 13 during the term
hereof, beginning as of the date hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent
for the account of the Agent an annual agent fee in an amount to be agreed to by
the Borrower and the Agent pursuant to a side letter agreement, and (b) the
Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender a Commitment
Fee (herein so called) on the average daily unused amount of such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment for the period from and including the date of this
Agreement to and including the Termination Date at the Commitment Fee Rate,
based on a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed. The accrued
Commitment Fee shall be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and on
the Termination Date. For the purpose of calculating the Commitment Fee
hereunder, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed utilized by the
amount of all Revolving Credit Loan Advances and all Letter of Credit
Liabilities and without giving effect to any Swing Loan Advances or SL
Participations.

     Section 2.10 Determination of Eurodollar Margin and Commitment Fee Rate.
The Eurodollar Margin and Commitment Fee Rate shall be defined and determined as
follows:

          "Commitment Fee Rate" means (i) during the period commencing on the
     date hereof and ending on but not including the first Adjustment Date,
     0.25% per annum, and (ii) during each Calculation Period, the percent per
     annum set forth in the table below in this Section 2.10 under the heading
     "Commitment Fee Rate" opposite the Total Leverage Ratio calculated for the
     completed four Fiscal Quarters which immediately preceded the beginning of
     the applicable Calculation Period.

          "Eurodollar Margin" means (i) during the period commencing on the date
     hereof and ending on but not including the first Adjustment Date, 1.00% per
     annum, and (ii) during each Calculation Period, the percent per annum set
     forth in the table below in this Section 2.10 under the heading "Eurodollar
     Margin" opposite the Total Leverage

                                       23

<PAGE>

     Ratio calculated for the completed four Fiscal Quarters which immediately
     preceded the beginning of the applicable Calculation Period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              EURODOLLAR   COMMITMENT
                    TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO                        MARGIN      FEE RATE
                    --------------------                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Greater than 2.50:1.00                                           2.00%        0.30%
Equal to or less than 2.50:1.00, but greater than 2.00:1.00      1.75%        0.30%
Equal to or less than 2.00:1.00, but greater than 1.50:1.00      1.50%        0.25%
Equal to or less than 1.50:1.00, but greater than 1.00:1.00      1.25%        0.25%
Equal to or less than 1.00:1.00                                  1.00%        0.25%
</TABLE>

          Upon delivery of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 8.1(c)
     in connection with the financial statements required to be delivered
     pursuant to Section 8.1(b) at the end of each Fiscal Quarter commencing
     with such Compliance Certificate delivered with respect to the Fiscal
     Quarter ending on September 30, 2006, the Eurodollar Margin and the
     Commitment Fee Rate shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in the
     table above, such automatic adjustment to take effect as of the first
     Business Day after the receipt by the Agent of the related Compliance
     Certificate (each such Business Day when the Eurodollar Margin or the
     Commitment Fee Rate is adjusted pursuant to this sentence or below, herein
     an "Adjustment Date"). If the Borrower fails to deliver such Compliance
     Certificate which so sets forth the Total Leverage Ratio within the period
     of time required by Section 8.1(c), the Eurodollar Margin and the
     Commitment Fee Rate shall automatically be adjusted to highest applicable
     percentage set forth in the grid above, such automatic adjustment to take
     effect as of the first Business Day after the last day on which the
     Borrower was required to deliver the applicable Compliance Certificate in
     accordance with Section 8.1(c) and to remain in effect until subsequently
     adjusted in accordance herewith upon the delivery of a Compliance
     Certificate.

     Section 2.11 Reduction or Termination of Commitments.

          (a) Optional. The Borrower shall have the right to terminate in whole
     or reduce in part the unused portion of the Commitments (including the
     Swing Commitment) upon at least three Business Days prior notice (which
     notice shall be irrevocable) to the Agent and each Lender specifying the
     effective date thereof, whether a termination or reduction is being made,
     and the amount of any partial reduction, provided that each partial
     reduction shall be in the amount of $5,000,000 (or in the case of the Swing
     Commitment, $1,000,000) or an integral multiple thereof and the Revolving
     Credit Commitments (other than the Swing Commitment) shall not be reduced
     below the outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities, and the Borrower shall
     simultaneously prepay the amount by which the unpaid principal amount of
     the Revolving Credit Loan Advances, the Swing Loan Advances and outstanding
     Letter of Credit Liabilities exceeds the Revolving Credit Commitments
     (after giving effect to such notice) plus accrued and unpaid interest on
     the principal amount so prepaid. The Commitments may not be reinstated
     after they have been terminated or reduced. In addition the Swing

                                       24

<PAGE>

     Commitment may never be more than the Revolving Credit Commitments
     (exclusive of the amount of the Swing Commitment).

          (b) Mandatory. Upon the occurrence of any event requiring a mandatory
     prepayment under Section 4.3(c), (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments shall
     automatically reduce by the amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from
     the sale of assets occurring on such date to the extent such amount exceeds
     either (A) $2,000,000 per Disposition or (B) $6,000,000 in the aggregate
     for all Dispositions which have occurred since the date hereof, and (ii)
     the Borrower shall simultaneously prepay the amount by which the unpaid
     principal amount of the Advances plus the Letter of Credit Liabilities
     exceeds the Revolving Credit Commitments (after giving effect to such
     reduction) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount so
     prepaid.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                Letters of Credit

     Section 3.1 Letters of Credit.

          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Issuing
     Bank agrees to issue one or more Letters of Credit for the account of the
     Borrower or any Guarantor from time to time from the date hereof to but
     excluding the date 30 days prior to the Termination Date; provided,
     however, that the outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities shall not at any
     time exceed the lesser of (i) $4,000,000, and (ii) an amount equal to (A)
     the Revolving Credit Commitments, minus (B) the sum of the outstanding
     Revolving Credit Loan Advances and Swing Loan Advances. Each Letter of
     Credit shall have an expiration date not beyond five Business Days prior to
     the Termination Date, shall be payable in Dollars, must support a
     transaction that is entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower's
     business, must be satisfactory in form and substance to the Issuing Bank,
     and shall be issued pursuant to such documents and instruments (including,
     without limitation, the Issuing Bank's standard application for issuance of
     letters of credit as then in effect) as the Issuing Bank may require. No
     Letter of Credit shall require any payment by the Issuing Bank to the
     beneficiary thereunder pursuant to a drawing prior to the third Business
     Day following presentment of a draft and any related documents to the
     Issuing Bank.

          (b) By the issuance of each Letter of Credit and without any further
     action on the part of the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders in respect
     thereof, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender and each Lender
     hereby agrees to acquire from the Issuing Bank a participation in each
     Letter of Credit and the related Letter of Credit Liabilities, effective
     upon the issuance thereof without recourse or warranty, equal to such
     Lender's pro rata share (based on the Revolving Credit Commitments) of such
     Letter of Credit and Letter of Credit Liabilities. In furtherance of the
     foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay
     to the Issuing Bank, as and when required by Section 3.4, such Lender's pro
     rata share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement. Each Lender acknowledges
     and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this
     Section 3.1(b) in respect of each Letter of Credit is absolute and
     unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever,
     including without limitation the occurrence and continuance of any Default,
     and that each such payment shall be made

                                       25

<PAGE>

     without any offset, abatement, withholding, or reduction whatsoever. This
     agreement to grant and acquire participations is an agreement between the
     Issuing Bank and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any beneficiary
     of a Letter of Credit shall be entitled to rely thereon. The Borrower
     agrees that each Lender purchasing a participation from the Issuing Bank
     pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) may exercise all its rights to payment
     against the Borrower including the right of setoff, with respect to such
     participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
     Borrower in the amount of such participation.

          (c) The Issuing Bank agrees with each Lender that it shall transfer to
     such Lender, without any offset, abatement, withholding, or reduction
     whatsoever, such Lender's proportionate share of any payment of a
     reimbursement obligation of the Borrower with respect to a Letter of Credit
     Disbursement, including interest payments made to the Issuing Bank on such
     Letter of Credit Disbursement, based on the proportion that the payment
     made by such Lender to the Issuing Bank in respect of the principal amount
     of such Letter of Credit Disbursement bears to the outstanding principal
     amount of such Letter of Credit Disbursement.

     Section 3.2 Procedure for Issuing Letters of Credit. Each Letter of Credit
shall be issued on at least three Business Days prior notice from the Borrower
to the Issuing Bank by means of a Letter of Credit Request Form describing the
transaction proposed to be supported thereby and specifying (a) the date on
which such Letter of Credit is to be issued (which shall be a Business Day) and
the face amount thereof, (b) the name and address of the beneficiary, (c)
whether such Letter of Credit shall permit a single drawing or multiple
drawings, (d) the conditions permitting the drawing or drawings thereunder, (e)
whether the draft thereunder shall be a sight or time draft and, if the latter,
the date when the draft shall be payable, (f) the form of the draft and any
other documents required to be presented at the time of any drawing (such notice
to set forth the exact wording of such documents or to attach copies thereof),
and (g) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit. Upon fulfillment of the
applicable conditions precedent in Article VI, the Issuing Bank shall make the
applicable Letter of Credit available to the Borrower or, if so requested by the
Borrower, to the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit.

     Section 3.3 Presentment and Reimbursement. (a) Promptly upon receipt of any
documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit,
the Issuing Bank shall give notice to the Borrower of the receipt thereof, which
notice may be telephonic to be followed by written notice (which notice may be
made by electronic mail or other electronic media) to the Borrower's general
counsel and chief financial officer. If the Issuing Bank shall have determined
that a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit appears on its face to be in
conformity with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, the Issuing
Bank shall give notice to the Borrower, which notice may be telephonic, of the
receipt and amount of such drawing and the date on which payment thereon will be
made. If the Borrower shall not have discharged in full by 10:00 a.m. (Austin,
Texas time) on the date of such payment, its obligation to reimburse the Issuing
Bank in the amount of such drawing under such Letter of Credit, then the amount
of such drawing for which the Issuing Bank shall not have been reimbursed by the
Borrower shall be paid by the Borrower to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent the
Issuing Bank shall have received payments with respect to such drawing from the
Lenders, to the Issuing Bank for the account of the Lenders, within three
Business Days after the date of such drawing (but in any event before the
Termination Date), together with interest on such amount at the Default Rate

                                       26

<PAGE>

from the date of payment by the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary under the Letter
of Credit (each such payment made after 10:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) on such
due date to be deemed to be made on the next succeeding Business Day). The
obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.3 shall be unconditional,
absolute, and irrevocable in all respects.

     Section 3.4 Payment. If the Issuing Bank shall pay any draft presented
under a Letter of Credit issued by it and if the Borrower shall not have
discharged in full its reimbursement obligation by 10:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas
time) on the date of such Letter of Credit Disbursement, then the Issuing Bank
shall as promptly as practicable give telephonic (which shall be promptly
confirmed in writing) or facsimile notice to each Lender of the date of such
payment and the amount of such payment and each Lender shall pay to the Issuing
Bank, in immediately available funds, not later than 3:00 p.m. (Austin, Texas
time) on the date of such payment (or, if Issuing Bank shall notify the Lenders
of such payment after 11:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) then not later than 12:00
p.m. (Austin, Texas time) on the next succeeding Business Day), an amount equal
to such Lender's pro rata share of such drawing; provided that, if any Lender
shall for any reason fail to pay the Issuing Bank its pro rata share of the
drawing on the date of such payment, the Issuing Bank shall itself fund such
Lender's pro rata share while retaining the right to proceed against such Lender
for reimbursement therefor. In the event that the Issuing Bank shall fund a
Lender's pro rata share of a drawing, the amount so funded shall bear interest
at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate and shall be payable by such
Lender when it reimburses the Issuing Bank for funding its pro rata part (with
interest to accrue from and including the date of such funding to and excluding
the date of reimbursement). In the event that a Lender, after notice, pays its
pro rata share of a drawing hereunder and such payment is not required to fund a
Letter of Credit Disbursement, the Issuing Bank shall return such payment to the
Lender with interest calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate (with interest to accrue from and including the date of such funding to and
excluding the date of return). The obligation of each Lender to pay to the
Issuing Bank such Lender's pro rata part of any drawing under a Letter of Credit
shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances (including
without limitation the passage of the Termination Date), and such obligations
shall be several and not joint.

     Section 3.5 Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for
the account of the Lenders, a nonrefundable letter of credit fee for each Letter
of Credit payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date in an amount equal
to the applicable Eurodollar Margin multiplied by the undrawn amount of such
Letter of Credit, based on a 360 day year and the actual number of days in the
stated term of such Letter of Credit. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the
Issuing Bank, solely for its own account as issuer of Letters of Credit,
nonrefundable fronting, amendment, transfer, negotiation and other fees as
determined in accordance with the Issuing Bank's then current fee policy.

     Section 3.6 Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Borrower under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the
obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for draws under any
Letter of Credit) shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall
be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents under all circumstances whatsoever, including without
limitation the following circumstances:

          (a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or
     any other Loan Document;

                                       27

<PAGE>

          (b) Any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any
     Loan Document;

          (c) The existence of any claim, set-off, counterclaim, defense or
     other rights which the Borrower, any Obligated Party, or any other Person
     may have at any time against any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, the
     Issuing Bank, any Lender, the Agent, or any other Person, whether in
     connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any unrelated
     transaction;

          (d) Any statement, draft, or other document presented under any Letter
     of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid, or insufficient in any
     respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect
     whatsoever;

          (e) Payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against
     presentation of a draft or other document which does not comply with the
     terms of such Letter of Credit; or

          (f) Any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
     similar to any of the foregoing.

     Section 3.7 Limitation of Liability. The Borrower assumes all risks of the
acts or omissions of any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit with respect to its
use of such Letter of Credit. Neither the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Agent,
nor any of their officers or directors shall have any responsibility or
liability to the Borrower or any other Person for: (a) the failure of any draft
to bear any reference or adequate reference to any Letter of Credit, or the
failure of any documents to accompany any draft at negotiation, or the failure
of any Person to surrender or to take up any Letter of Credit or to send
documents apart from drafts as required by the terms of any Letter of Credit, or
the failure of any Person to note the amount of any instrument on any Letter of
Credit, each of which requirements, if contained in any Letter of Credit itself,
it is agreed may be waived by the Issuing Bank, (b) errors, omissions,
interruptions, or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, (c) the
validity, sufficiency, or genuineness of any draft or other document, or any
endorsement(s) thereon, even if any such draft, document or endorsement should
in fact prove to be in any and all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent,
or forged or any statement therein is untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (d)
the payment by the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit
against presentation of any draft or other document that does not comply with
the terms of the Letter of Credit, or (e) any other circumstance whatsoever in
making or failing to make any payment under a Letter of Credit. The Borrower
shall have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall be
liable to the Borrower, to the extent of any direct, but not consequential,
damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves in a final
nonappealable judgment were caused by (i) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct
or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under any Letter
of Credit complied with the terms thereof or (ii) the Issuing Bank's willful
failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after presentation to it of documents
strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. The
Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order,
without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or
information to the contrary.

                                       28

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Payments

     Section 4.1 Method of Payment. Except as provided in Article III, all
payments of principal, interest, and other amounts to be made by the Borrower
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be made to the Agent at
the Payment Office for the account of each Lender's Applicable Lending Office in
Dollars and in immediately available funds by credit to Account Number
4518-151436, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, not later than 1:00
p.m. (Austin, Texas time) on the date on which such payment shall become due
(each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have
been made on the next succeeding Business Day). The Borrower shall, at the time
of making each such payment, specify to the Agent the sums payable by the
Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such payment
is to be applied (and in the event that the Borrower fails to so specify, or if
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent may apply such
payment to the Obligations in such order and manner as it may elect in its sole
discretion, subject to Section 4.4 hereof). Each payment received by the Agent
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document for the account of a Lender
shall be paid by the Agent to such Lender, in immediately available funds, for
the account of such Lender's Applicable Lending Office within one Business Day
following receipt thereof. Whenever any payment under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business
Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of the
payment of interest, the Commitment Fee and any other fees, as the case may be.

     Section 4.2 Voluntary Prepayment. The Borrower may, upon at least one
Business Day prior notice to the Agent in the case of Base Rate Advances (except
as otherwise provided for under Section 2.7(a) for Swing Loan Advances), and at
least three Business Days prior notice to the Agent in the case of Eurodollar
Advances, voluntarily prepay the Advances in whole at any time or from time to
time in part without premium or penalty but with accrued interest to the date of
prepayment on the amount so prepaid, provided that (a) any prepayments of
Eurodollar Advances, if prepaid on other than the last day of the Interest
Period for such Advances, shall be accompanied by all additional amounts which
may be required pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.5 and (b) each partial prepayment
shall be in the principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof. All notices under this Section shall be irrevocable and shall be
given not later than 11:00 a.m. (Austin, Texas time) on the day which is not
less than the number of Business Days specified above for such notice. Any such
voluntary prepayments shall be applied as the Borrower and the Agent may agree,
but in the absence of such agreement, first to the Swing Loan Advances, then to
Letter of Credit Disbursements for which the Issuing Bank has not been
reimbursed by the Borrower, then to Base Rate Advances under the Revolving
Credit Loan, then to Eurodollar Advances under the Revolving Credit Loan and
then to the remaining Letter of Credit Liabilities. Any prepayments hereunder
shall be accompanied with accrued and unpaid interest on the amount prepaid to
the date of prepayment.

     Section 4.3 Mandatory Prepayments.

          (a) If at any time the amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding
     principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loan Advances and the Swing Loan
     Advances, plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Liabilities, exceeds the aggregate
     amount of the Revolving Credit

                                       29

<PAGE>

     Commitments, the Borrower shall promptly prepay Revolving Credit Loan
     Advances, Swing Loan Advances and the Letter of Credit Disbursements by the
     amount of the excess or, if no Revolving Credit Loan Advances, Swing Loan
     Advances or Letter of Credit Disbursements are outstanding, the Borrower
     shall immediately pledge to the Agent cash or Cash Equivalent Investments
     (subject to no other Liens) in an amount equal to the excess as security
     for the Obligations. Any such mandatory prepayments shall be applied first
     to Swing Loan Advances, then to Letter of Credit Disbursements for which
     the Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed by the Borrower, then to Base Rate
     Advances under the Revolving Credit Loan, then to Eurodollar Advances under
     the Revolving Credit Loan, and then to the remaining Letter of Credit
     Liabilities. Any prepayments hereunder shall be accompanied with accrued
     and unpaid interest on the amount prepaid to the date of prepayment.

          (b) After any reduction in the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.11,
     the Borrower shall promptly prepay the outstanding Revolving Credit Loan
     Advances and Swing Loan Advances by the amount which the sum of the
     outstanding principal amount of the Advances under the Revolving Credit
     Loan and the Swing Loan plus the Letter of Credit Liabilities exceeds the
     aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as reduced.

          (c) Upon the Disposition of any assets (other than Dispositions of
     equity interests or Dispositions of assets permitted under Sections 9.8(a)
     and (d)), the Borrower shall promptly prepay the Advances by an amount
     equal to the Net Proceeds of such Disposition; provided however, with
     respect to any Dispositions permitted under Sections 9.8(b), (c) and (e),
     the Borrower shall promptly prepay the Advances by an amount equal to the
     Net Proceeds of such Disposition to the extent such amount exceeds either
     (i) $2,000,000 per Disposition or (ii) $6,000,000 in the aggregate for all
     Dispositions which have occurred since the date hereof. Any such mandatory
     prepayments shall be applied first to Swing Loan Advances, then to Letter
     of Credit Disbursements for which the Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed
     by the Borrower, then to the Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit
     Loan, then to Eurodollar Advances under the Revolving Credit Loan, and then
     to the remaining Letter of Credit Liabilities. Any prepayments hereunder
     shall be accompanied with accrued and unpaid interest on the amount prepaid
     to the date of prepayment.

     Section 4.4 Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided
herein: (a) each Advance shall be made by the Lenders under Section 2.1, each
payment of the Commitment Fee under Section 2.9, each payment of the Letter of
Credit fee under Section 3.5 (except as provided therein) shall be made for the
account of the Lenders, pro rata according to their respective Revolving Credit
Commitments; (b) each termination or reduction of the Commitments under Section
2.11 shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders, pro
rata according to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments; (c) the making,
Conversion, and Continuation of Advances of a particular Type (other than
Conversions provided for by Section 5.4) shall be made pro rata among the
Lenders holding Advances of such Type according to the amounts of their
respective Revolving Credit Commitments; (d) each payment and prepayment of
principal of or interest on Advances by the Borrower or any Obligated Party of a
particular Type of Loan shall be made to the Agent for the account of the
Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of
such Advances of such Revolving

                                       30

<PAGE>

Credit Loan held by such Lenders; (e) any and all other monies received by the
Agent from any source other than pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (d)
hereinabove (including, without limitation, from the Borrower or any Guarantor)
to be applied first against the Primary Obligations and shall be for the pro
rata benefit and account of the Lenders based upon each Lender's aggregate
outstanding Advances of all Types and LC Participations and SL Participations to
the aggregate outstanding Advances of all Types and LC Participations and SL
Participations of all Lenders and then against the Secondary Obligations and
shall be for the pro rata benefit and account of the Lenders based upon their
respective unpaid amounts of the Secondary Obligations; and (f) the Lenders
shall purchase from the Issuing Bank and the Swing Lender pursuant to Section
3.1 and Section 2.7 respectively, participations in the Letters of Credit and
the related Letter of Credit Liabilities and the Swing Loans respectively, pro
rata in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments.

     Section 4.5 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent.

          (a) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Agent. Unless the Agent shall
     have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any
     Advance that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender's
     share of such Advance, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
     share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.5 and may, in
     reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a
     corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its
     share of the applicable Advance available to the Agent, then the applicable
     Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Agent forthwith on
     demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from
     and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but
     excluding the date of payment to the Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment
     to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate
     determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on
     interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the
     Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Advances. If the
     Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same
     or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower
     the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such
     Lender pays its share of the applicable Advance to the Agent, then the
     amount so paid shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in such
     Advance. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any
     claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make
     such payment to the Agent.

          (b) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Agent. Unless the Agent
     shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any
     payment is due to the Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing
     Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Agent may
     assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance
     herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the
     Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such
     event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the
     Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay
     to the Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender
     or the Issuing Bank, with interest thereon, for each day from and including
     the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of
     payment to the Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a

                                       31

<PAGE>

     rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on
     interbank compensation.

     Section 4.6 Taxes.

          (a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of
     any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document
     shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for
     any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall
     be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including
     any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be
     increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions
     (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this
     Section) the Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, receives an
     amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been
     made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower
     shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental
     Authority in accordance with applicable law.

          (b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. Without limiting the
     provisions of clause (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other
     Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable
     law.

          (c) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the
     Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after demand
     therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes
     (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or
     attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Agent, such
     Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest
     and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether
     or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally
     imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate
     as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by
     a Lender or the Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Agent), or by the Agent on
     its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be
     conclusive absent manifest error.

          (d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of
     Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental
     Authority as required by this Section 4.6, the Borrower shall deliver to
     the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such
     Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return
     reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably
     satisfactory to the Agent.

          (e) Status of Lenders. Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an
     exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the
     jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any
     treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments
     hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower
     (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable
     law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, such properly
     completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will
     permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of
     withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the
     Agent, shall deliver such other documentation

                                       32

<PAGE>

     prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the
     Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not
     such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting
     requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the
     event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States
     of America, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent
     (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or
     prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this
     Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the
     Borrower or the Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled
     to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

               (i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN
          claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the
          United States of America is a party,

               (ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
          W-8ECI,

               (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of
          the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code,
          (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a
          "bank" within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a
          "10 percent shareholder" of the Borrower within the meaning of section
          881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a "controlled foreign corporation"
          described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed
          copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

               (iv) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for
          claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal
          withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary
          documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the
          Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be
          made.

          (f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Agent, a Lender or the
     Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a
     refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by
     the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional
     amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount
     equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or
     additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to
     the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all
     out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as
     the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the
     relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that
     the Borrower, upon the request of the Agent, such Lender or the Issuing
     Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any
     penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental
     Authority) to the Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank in the event the
     Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to
     such Governmental Authority. This clause shall not be construed to require
     the Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank to make available its tax returns
     (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential)
     to the Borrower or any other Person.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     Section 4.7 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

          (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests
     compensation under Section 5.1, or requires the Borrower to pay any
     additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the
     account of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.6, then such Lender shall use
     reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or
     booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations
     hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the
     judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate
     or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.6 or 5.1, as the case may
     be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any
     unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to
     such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and
     expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or
     assignment.

          (b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under
     Section 5.1, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to
     any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender
     pursuant to Section 4.6, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to
     fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and
     effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Agent, require such Lender to
     assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to
     the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 13.7), all
     of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the
     related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such
     obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender
     accepts such assignment), provided that:

               (i) the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the assignment fee
          specified in Section 13.7;

               (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal
          to the outstanding principal of its Loans and LC Participations,
          accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable
          to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any
          amounts under Section 5.5) from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent
          of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the
          Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

               (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim
          for compensation under Section 5.1 or payments required to be made
          pursuant to Section 4.6, such assignment will result in a reduction in
          such compensation or payments thereafter; and

               (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law.

     A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation
     if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the
     circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and
     delegation cease to apply.

     Section 4.8 Computation of Interest. Interest on the Advances and all other
amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days and the

                                       34

<PAGE>

actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day) unless such calculation would result in a usurious rate, in which case
interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the
case may be.

     Section 4.9 Proceeds of Collateral and Collections under the Guaranty.

          (a) Proceeds. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.3, any
     proceeds received by the Agent from the sale or other liquidation of the
     Collateral and from collections under the Guaranty shall first be applied
     as payment of the accrued and unpaid fees of the Agent hereunder and then
     to all other unpaid or unreimbursed Obligations (including reasonable
     attorneys' fees and expenses) owing to the Agent in its capacity as Agent
     only. Any amount of such proceeds remaining after the applications
     described in the preceding sentence shall be distributed:

               (i) first, to the Lenders, pro rata, in accordance with the
          respective unpaid amounts of the Primary Obligations (including in
          such Primary Obligations for purposes of this calculation all Letter
          of Credit Liabilities) until all Primary Obligations are paid in full
          and provided that each Lender's pro rata portion of such proceeds
          applicable to Letter of Credit Liabilities shall be held by the Agent
          (and not disbursed to the Lenders) as collateral for the Letter of
          Credit Liabilities relating thereto;

               (ii) then to the Lenders, pro rata, in accordance with the
          respective unpaid amounts of the Secondary Obligations; and

               (iii) after all Primary Obligations are paid in full, and all
          Letter of Credit Liabilities have terminated or are otherwise
          satisfied, all remaining portions of the proceeds of the Collateral
          then held by the Agent or such Lender as collateral for the Letter of
          Credit Liabilities shall be distributed to the Lenders, pro rata, in
          accordance with their respective unpaid amounts of the Secondary
          Obligations.

          (b) Noncash Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
     contained herein, if the Agent shall ever acquire any Collateral through
     foreclosure or by a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure or by retaining any
     of the Collateral in satisfaction of all or part of the Obligations or if
     any proceeds of Collateral received by the Agent to be distributed and
     shared pursuant to this Section 4.9 are in a form other than immediately
     available funds, the Agent shall not be required to remit any share thereof
     under the terms hereof and the Lenders shall only be entitled to their
     undivided interests in the Collateral or noncash proceeds as determined
     hereby. The Lenders shall receive the applicable portions (as determined in
     accordance with Section 4.9(a)) of any immediately available funds
     consisting of proceeds from such Collateral or proceeds of such noncash
     proceeds so acquired only if any when paid in connection with the
     subsequent disposition thereof. While any Collateral or other property to
     be shared pursuant to this Section 4.9 is held by the Agent pursuant to
     this clause (b), the Agent shall hold such Collateral or other property for
     the benefit of the Lenders and all matters relating to the management,
     operation, further disposition or any other aspect of such Collateral or
     other property shall be resolved by the agreement of the Required Lenders.

                                       35

<PAGE>

          (c) Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf
     of the Borrower is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any
     Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of
     such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to
     be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to
     any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion)
     to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with
     any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America,
     or any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the
     benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency,
     reorganization or similar laws of the applicable jurisdictions or
     otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part
     thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued
     in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such
     set-off had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender severally agrees to pay to
     the Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from
     or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand
     to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal
     Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                Yield Protection

     Section 5.1 Increased Costs.

          (a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

               (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
          deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement
          against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit
          extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve
          requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or the Issuing
          Bank;

               (ii) subject any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any tax of any
          kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit,
          any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Advance made
          by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or
          the Issuing Bank in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or
          Other Taxes covered by Section 4.6 and the imposition of, or any
          change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the
          Issuing Bank); or

               (iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London
          interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this
          Agreement or Eurodollar Advances made by such Lender or any Letter of
          Credit or participation therein;

     and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to
     such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Advance (or of
     maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost
     to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or
     maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to
     participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount
     of

                                       36

<PAGE>

     any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder
     (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of
     such Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or
     the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as
     will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for
     such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

          (b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines
     that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Bank or any
     lending office of such Lender or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
     holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have
     the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing
     Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
     holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the
     Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in
     Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by
     the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing
     Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have
     achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such
     Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's
     or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy),
     then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing
     Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will
     compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing
     Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

          (c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the
     Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate
     such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be,
     as specified in clauses (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the
     Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay
     such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as
     due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

          (d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or
     the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not
     constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand
     such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
     compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any
     increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior
     to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
     notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased
     costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's intention to
     claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise
     to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month
     period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of
     retroactive effect thereof).

     Section 5.2 Limitation on Types of Advances. Anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, if with respect to any Eurodollar Advances for any
Interest Period therefor:

          (a) The Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive)
     that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in
     the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" in Section 1.1 hereof are not being
     provided in the relative amounts or for the relative maturities for
     purposes of determining the rate of interest for such Advances as provided
     in this Agreement; or

                                       37

<PAGE>

          (b) Required Lenders determine (which determination shall be
     conclusive absent manifest error) and notify the Agent that the relevant
     rates of interest referred to in the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" in
     Section 1.1 hereof on the basis of which the rate of interest for such
     Advances for such Interest Period is to be determined do not accurately
     reflect the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining such Advances for
     such Interest Period;

then the Agent shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof specifying the
relevant amounts or periods, and so long as such condition remains in effect,
the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make additional Eurodollar Advances
or to Convert Base Rate Advances into Eurodollar Advances and the Borrower
shall, on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the
outstanding Eurodollar Advances, either prepay such Eurodollar Advances or
Convert such Eurodollar Advances into Base Rate Advances in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.

     Section 5.3 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its
Applicable Lending Office to (a) honor its obligation to make Eurodollar
Advances hereunder or (b) maintain Eurodollar Advances hereunder, then such
Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) thereof and
such Lender's obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar Advances and to Convert
Base Rate Advances into Eurodollar Advances hereunder shall be suspended until
such time as such Lender may again make and maintain Eurodollar Advances (in
which case the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof shall be applicable).

     Section 5.4 Treatment of Affected Advances. If the Eurodollar Advances of
any Lender (such Eurodollar Advances being hereinafter called "Affected
Advances") are to be Converted pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.3 hereof, such
Lender's Affected Advances shall be automatically Converted into Base Rate
Advances on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the
Affected Advances (or, in the case of a Conversion required by Section 5.1(b) or
5.3 hereof, on such earlier date as such Lender may specify to the Borrower with
a copy to the Agent) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided
below that the circumstances specified in Section 5.1 or 5.3 hereof which gave
rise to such Conversion no longer exist:

          (a) To the extent that such Lender's Affected Advances have been so
     Converted, all payments and prepayments of principal which would otherwise
     be applied to such Lender's Affected Advances shall be applied instead to
     its Base Rate Advances; and

          (b) All Affected Advances which would otherwise be made or Continued
     by such Lender as Eurodollar Advances shall be made as or Converted into
     Base Rate Advances and all Affected Advances of such Lender which would
     otherwise be Converted into Eurodollar Advances shall be Converted instead
     into (or shall remain as) Base Rate Advances.

If such Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) that the
circumstances specified in Section 5.1 or 5.3 hereof which gave rise to the
Conversion of such Lender's Affected Advances pursuant to this Section 5.4 no
longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances
ceasing to exist) at a time when Affected Advances are outstanding, such
Lender's Base Rate Advances shall be automatically Converted, on the first
day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Affected
Advances to the

                                       38

<PAGE>

extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Eurodollar Advances
held by the Lenders holding Eurodollar Advances and by such Lender are held pro
rata (as to principal amounts, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their
respective Revolving Credit Commitments.

     Section 5.5 Compensation. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Lender, upon the request of such Lender through the Agent, such
amount or amounts as shall be sufficient (in the reasonable opinion of such
Lender) to compensate it for any loss, cost, or expense incurred by it as a
result of:

          (a) Any payment, prepayment or Conversion of a Eurodollar Advance for
     any reason (including, without limitation, the acceleration of the
     outstanding Advances pursuant to Section 11.2 and assignments pursuant to
     Section 4.7(b)) on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for
     such Eurodollar Advance; or

          (b) Any failure by the Borrower for any reason (including, without
     limitation, the failure of any conditions precedent specified in Article VI
     to be satisfied) to borrow, Convert, or prepay a Eurodollar Advance on the
     date for such borrowing, Conversion, or prepayment, specified in the
     relevant notice of borrowing, prepayment, or Conversion under this
     Agreement.

     Section 5.6 Additional Costs in Respect of Letters of Credit. If as a
result of any Change in Law there shall be imposed, modified, or deemed
applicable any tax, reserve, special deposit, or similar requirement against or
with respect to or measured by reference to Letters of Credit issued or to be
issued hereunder or the Issuing Bank's commitment to issue Letters of Credit
hereunder, and the result shall be to increase the cost to the Issuing Bank of
issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or its commitment to issue Letters
of Credit hereunder or reduce any amount receivable by the Issuing Bank
hereunder in respect of any Letter of Credit (which increase in cost, or
reduction in amount receivable, shall be the result of the Issuing Bank's
reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such increases or reductions resulting
from such event), then, upon demand by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower agrees to
pay the Issuing Bank, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank, such
additional amounts as shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank for
such increased costs or reductions in amount. A statement as to such increased
costs or reductions in amount incurred by the Issuing Bank, submitted by the
Issuing Bank to the Borrower, shall be conclusive as to the amount thereof,
provided that the determination thereof is made on a reasonable basis.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              Conditions Precedent

     Section 6.1 Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to
make its initial Advance is subject to the condition precedent that the Agent
shall have received on or before the day of such Advance all of the following,
each dated (unless otherwise indicated) the date hereof, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent:

          (a) Resolutions. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower
     and each Guarantor certified by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
     which authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan
     Documents to which it is or is to be a party;

                                       39

<PAGE>

          (b) Incumbency Certificate. A certificate of incumbency certified by
     the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor
     certifying the names of each of its officers authorized to sign the Loan
     Documents to which it is or is to be a party (including the certificates
     contemplated herein) together with specimen signatures of such officers;

          (c) Certificate or Articles of Incorporation and Certificate of
     Limited Partnership. The certificate or articles of incorporation or
     certificate of limited partnership, as applicable, of the Borrower and each
     Guarantor certified by the Secretary of State of the State of its
     organization;

          (d) Bylaws and Limited Partnership Agreement. The bylaws or limited
     partnership agreement, as applicable, of the Borrower and each Guarantor
     certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person;

          (e) Existence and Good Standing. Certificates of the appropriate
     government officials of the state of organization of the Borrower and each
     Guarantor as to its existence and good standing and certificates of
     appropriate government officials of each state in which the Borrower and
     each Guarantor is required to qualify to do business and where failure to
     so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
     as to the Borrower's and each Guarantor's qualification to do business and
     good standing in such state, all dated a current date;

          (f) Notes. The Notes executed by the Borrower;

          (g) Guaranty. The Guaranty executed by the Guarantors;

          (h) Contribution and Indemnification Agreement. The Contribution and
     Indemnification Agreement executed by the Borrower and the Guarantors;

          (i) Borrower Security Agreement. The Borrower Security Agreement
     executed by the Borrower;

          (j) Subsidiary Security Agreement. The Subsidiary Security Agreement
     executed by each Guarantor, as applicable;

          (k) Opinion of Counsel. A favorable opinion of legal counsel to the
     Borrower and each Guarantor (which opinion may be prepared in part by
     Borrower's in-house counsel) satisfactory to the Agent, as to such matters
     as the Agent may reasonably request;

          (l) Fees of Lenders. Evidence that all fees of the Agent and the
     Lenders payable pursuant to side letter agreements shall have been paid in
     full by the Borrower; and

          (m) Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. Evidence that the costs and expenses
     (including attorneys' fees) referred to in Section 13.1, to the extent
     incurred, shall have been paid in full by the Borrower.

                                       40

<PAGE>

     Section 6.2 All Extensions of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to make
any Advance and of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit (including the
initial Advance and the initial Letter of Credit) is subject to the following
additional conditions precedent:

          (a) Advance Request Form, Telephonic Request, or Letter of Credit
     Request Form. The Agent in respect of Revolving Credit Loan Advances, the
     Swing Lender in respect of Swing Loan Advances, and the Issuing Bank in
     respect of Letters of Credit shall have received, in accordance with
     Section 2.5, 2.7 or 3.2, as the case may be, an Advance Request Form, a
     telephonic request, or Letter of Credit Request Form, as applicable,
     executed by an authorized officer of the Borrower;

          (b) No Default. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or
     would result from such Advance or Letter of Credit;

          (c) Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and
     warranties contained in Article VII hereof and in the other Loan Documents
     shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of
     such Advance or issuance of Letter of Credit with the same force and effect
     as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such
     date except to the extent such representations and warranties speak to a
     specific date;

          (d) No Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Material Adverse Effect or
     any material adverse change in the financial or capital markets shall have
     occurred since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered
     to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof; and

          (e) Additional Documentation. The Agent shall have received such
     additional approvals, opinions, or documents as the Agent or its legal
     counsel, Winstead Sechrest & Minick P.C., may reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         Representations and Warranties

     To induce the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Issuing Bank,
and the Lenders that:

     Section 7.1 Existence. The Borrower and each Subsidiary (a) is a
corporation (or other entity as set forth on Schedule 7.14) duly organized,
validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation or organization; (b) has all requisite power and authority to own
its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be
conducted; and (c) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the
nature of its business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to
so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors has the power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party.

     Section 7.2 Financial Statements. The Borrower has delivered to the Agent
audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
as at and for the fiscal year

                                       41

<PAGE>

ended September 30, 2005, and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the nine-month period ended June 30, 2006.
Such financial statements are true and correct, have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP, and fairly and accurately present, on a consolidated basis, the
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the respective
dates indicated therein and the results of operations for the respective periods
indicated therein. As of the date hereof, neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes,
unusual forward or long-term commitments, or unrealized or anticipated losses
from any unfavorable commitments except as referred to or reflected in such
financial statements, and there has been no Material Adverse Effect since the
effective date of the most recent financial statements referred to in this
Section.

     Section 7.3 Action; No Breach. The execution, delivery, and performance by
the Borrower and each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is or may
become a party, and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof
have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Borrower
and each Guarantor and do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with, or
result in a breach of, or require any consent, other than such consents which
have been obtained and copies of which have been provided to the Agent, under
(i) the articles of incorporation or bylaws or the applicable organizational
documents of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) any applicable law, rule, or
regulation or any order, writ, injunction, or decree of any Governmental
Authority or arbitrator, including without limitation, the provisions of the
Texas Pawnshop Act (Chapter 371 of the Texas Finance Code) and the consumer loan
provisions of the Texas Finance Code, or (iii) any agreement or instrument to
which the Borrower or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which any of them
or any of their property is bound or subject, or (b) constitute a default under
any such agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of the revenues or assets of the Borrower or any Guarantor (except
for Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders).

     Section 7.4 Operation of Business. The Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries possess all licenses, permits, franchises, patents, copyrights,
trademarks, and tradenames, or rights thereto, necessary to conduct their
respective businesses substantially as now conducted and as presently proposed
to be conducted, and the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are not in
violation of any valid rights of others with respect to any of the forgoing
except where such violation individually or in combination with all other such
violations could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 7.5 Litigation and Judgments. There is no action, suit,
investigation, or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or
arbitrator pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or
affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, that could, if adversely determined,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof,
there are no outstanding judgments against the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
except for those certain default judgments in an aggregate amount not exceeding
$15,000 outstanding on the date hereof.

     Section 7.6 Rights in Properties; Liens. The Borrower and each Subsidiary
have good and indefeasible title to or valid leasehold interests in their
respective properties and assets, real and personal, including the properties,
assets, and leasehold interests reflected in the financial statements described
in Section 7.2, and none of the properties, assets, or leasehold interests of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary is subject to any Lien, except as permitted by
Section 9.2.

                                       42

<PAGE>

     Section 7.7 Enforceability. The Loan Documents to which the Borrower or a
Guarantor is a party, when delivered, shall constitute the legal, valid, and
binding obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable,
enforceable against the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance
with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or
other laws of general application relating to the enforcement of creditors'
rights and general principles of equity.

     Section 7.8 Approvals. No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no
filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or third party is or
will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by the Borrower of
this Agreement and by the Borrower or any Guarantor of the other Loan Documents
to which the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, is or may become a party
or for the validity or enforceability thereof.

     Section 7.9 Debt. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have no Debt, except as
permitted by Section 9.1.

     Section 7.10 Taxes. The Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed all tax
returns (federal, state, and local) required to be filed, including all income,
franchise, employment, property, and sales tax returns, and have paid all of
their respective liabilities for taxes, assessments, governmental charges, and
other levies that are due and payable other than those being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued for which adequate reserves
have been established. The Borrower knows of no pending investigation of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary by any taxing authority or of any pending but
unassessed tax liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

     Section 7.11 Use of Proceeds; Margin Securities. Neither the Borrower nor
any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in
the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any
Advance will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit
to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

     Section 7.12 ERISA. As of the date hereof, the Borrower, each Subsidiary,
each ERISA Affiliate, and each Plan are in compliance in all material respects
with all applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except for events of
noncompliance that will not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither a Reportable
Event nor a Prohibited Transaction has occurred and is continuing with respect
to any Plan. No notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed, nor has any
Plan been terminated. No circumstances exist which constitute grounds entitling
the PBGC to institute proceedings to terminate, or appoint a trustee to
administer, a Plan, nor has the PBGC instituted any such proceedings. Neither
the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has completely or partially withdrawn from
a Multiemployer Plan. With respect to any Plan that is subject to Title IV or
Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code (a) no circumstances
exist which constitute grounds entitling the PBGC to institute proceedings to
terminate, or appoint a trustee to administer, a Plan, nor has the PBGC
instituted any such proceedings, (b) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have
met their minimum funding requirements under ERISA, and no "accumulated funding
deficiency" (for which an excise tax is due or would be due in the absence of a
waiver) as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA,
whichever may apply, has been incurred with respect to any Plan, whether or not
waived, (c) the present value of all vested benefits under each Plan do not
exceed

                                       43

<PAGE>

the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, determined
on a termination basis as of the most recent valuation date of the Plan and in
accordance with ERISA, and (d) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate (i)
has incurred any liability to the PBGC under ERISA, (ii) is subject to any lien
imposed under Section 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) or 4068 of ERISA,
whichever may apply, with respect to any Plan or (iii) is required to provide
security to a Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

     Section 7.13 Disclosure. All factual information (taken as a whole)
furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in writing to the Agent or any Lender
(including, without limitation, all information contained in the Loan Documents)
for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents
or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual
information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the
Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, will be true and accurate in all material
respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not
incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information
(taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light
of the circumstances under which such information was provided.

     Section 7.14 Subsidiaries. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has no
Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 7.14 hereto, and Schedule 7.14
(a) sets forth the type of each Subsidiary listed thereon, (b) sets forth the
jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each Subsidiary, and the
percentage of the Borrower's (or intervening Subsidiary's) ownership of the
outstanding voting stock or other ownership interests of each Subsidiary. All of
the outstanding capital stock of each corporate Subsidiary has been validly
issued, is fully paid, and is nonassessable. There are no outstanding
subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, or rights to acquire, and no
outstanding securities or instruments convertible into, capital stock of any
Subsidiary except as listed on Schedule 7.14.

     Section 7.15 Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party
to any indenture, loan, or credit agreement, or to any lease or other agreement
or instrument, or subject to any charter or corporate restriction which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower
nor any Subsidiary is in default in any material respect in the performance,
observance, or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants, or conditions
contained in any agreement or instrument material to its business to which it is
a party other than defaults which could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 7.16 Compliance with Laws. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is in violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, or decree of any
Governmental Authority or arbitrator, including without limitation, the
provisions of the Texas Pawnshop Act (Chapter 371 of the Texas Finance Code),
the consumer loan provisions of the Texas Finance Code and provisions of the
Brady Law and other laws, rules and regulations related to the regulation of
firearms, other than violations which could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 7.17 Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Section 7.18 Public Utility Holding Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor
any Subsidiary is a "holding company"' or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company" or an

                                       44

<PAGE>

"affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "public utility" within the meaning of
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended.

     Section 7.19 Environmental Matters. Except for those matters which will not
individually or collectively have a Material Adverse Effect:

          (a) The Borrower, each Subsidiary, and all of their respective
     properties, assets, and operations are in full compliance with all
     Environmental Laws. The Borrower is not aware of, nor has the Borrower
     received notice of, any past, present, or future conditions, events,
     activities, practices, or incidents which may interfere with or prevent the
     compliance or continued compliance of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
     with all Environmental Laws;

          (b) The Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all permits,
     licenses, and authorizations that are required under applicable
     Environmental Laws, and all such permits are in good standing and the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all of the terms and
     conditions of such permits;

          (c) No Hazardous Materials exist on, about, or within or have been
     used, generated, stored, transported, disposed of on, or Released from any
     of the properties or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. The use
     which the Borrower and the Subsidiaries make and intend to make of their
     respective properties and assets will not result in the use, generation,
     storage, transportation, accumulation, disposal, or Release of any
     Hazardous Material on, in, or from any of their properties or assets except
     in compliance with Environmental Laws;

          (d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their
     respective currently or previously owned or leased properties or operations
     is subject to any outstanding or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened
     order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person or
     subject to any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding with respect
     to (i) failure to comply with Environmental Laws, (ii) Remedial Action, or
     (iii) any Environmental Liabilities arising from a Release or threatened
     Release;

          (e) There are no conditions or circumstances associated with the
     currently or previously owned or leased properties or operations of the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to
     give rise to any Environmental Liabilities;

          (f) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a treatment,
     storage, or disposal facility requiring a permit under the Resource
     Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., regulations
     thereunder or any comparable provision of state law. The Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable financial responsibility
     requirements of all Environmental Laws;

          (g) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has filed or
     failed to file any notice required under applicable Environmental Law
     reporting a Release; and

                                       45

<PAGE>

          (h) No Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any
     property or revenues of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               Positive Covenants

     The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any
part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder, or the
Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, the
Borrower will perform and observe the following positive covenants:

     Section 8.1 Reporting Requirements. The Borrower will furnish to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank, and each Lender:

          (a) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in
     any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower
     and the Subsidiaries, beginning with the Fiscal Year ending September 30,
     2006, a copy of the annual audited financial statements of the Borrower and
     the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year containing, on a consolidated basis,
     balance sheets and statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flow
     as at the end of such Fiscal Year and for the 12-month period then ended,
     in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the
     preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and audited and certified
     by Ernst & Young, or other independent certified public accountants of
     recognized standing acceptable to the Agent, to the effect that such report
     has been prepared in accordance with GAAP;

          (b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any
     event within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter in each Fiscal
     Year of the Borrower (for the first three Fiscal Quarters in each Fiscal
     Year), a copy of an unaudited financial report of the Borrower and the
     Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of
     the Fiscal Year then ended, containing, on a consolidated basis (and, at
     the request of the Agent, on a consolidating basis), balance sheets and
     statements of income, retained earnings, and a year-to-date cash flow
     statement in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for
     the corresponding period of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable
     detail certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower to have
     been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly and accurately present
     (subject to year-end audit adjustments) the financial condition and results
     of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis
     (and, at the request of the Agent, on a consolidating basis), at the date
     and for the periods indicated therein;

          (c) Compliance Certificate. As soon as available, and in any event
     within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year of
     the Borrower for the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year and
     within 90 days after the end of the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal
     Year, a certificate (the "Compliance Certificate") of the chief financial
     officer of the Borrower (i) stating that to the best of such officer's
     knowledge, no Default has occurred and is continuing, or if a Default has
     occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the
     action that is proposed to be taken

                                       46

<PAGE>

     with respect thereto, and (ii) showing in reasonable detail the most recent
     Fiscal Quarter calculations demonstrating compliance with Article X;

          (d) Projections. As soon as available and in any event within 30 days
     after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections of consolidated financial
     statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the upcoming Fiscal
     Year;

          (e) Management Letters. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any
     management letter or written report submitted to the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary by independent certified public accountants with respect to the
     business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, prospects, or
     properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

          (f) Notice of Litigation. Promptly after the commencement thereof,
     notice of all actions, suits, and proceedings before any Governmental
     Authority or arbitrator affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which, if
     determined adversely to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, could reasonably
     be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (g) Notice of Default. As soon as possible and in any event within 10
     days after the Borrower knows of the occurrence of each Default, a written
     notice setting forth the details of such Default and the action that the
     Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

          (h) ERISA Reports. Promptly after the filing or receipt thereof,
     copies of all reports, including annual reports or informational returns,
     notices which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate files with or receives
     from the PBGC or the U.S. Department of Labor under ERISA, and any tax
     returns the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate file with the Internal Revenue
     Service related to any Plan; and as soon as possible and in any event
     within five days after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has
     reason to know that any Reportable Event (as to which the thirty day notice
     requirement to the PBGC has not been waived) or Prohibited Transaction has
     occurred with respect to any Plan or that the PBGC or the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has instituted or will institute
     proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan, a certificate of
     the chief financial officer of the Borrower setting forth the details as to
     such Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction or Plan termination and the
     action that the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

          (i) Notice of Material Adverse Effect. As soon as possible and in any
     event within 10 days after the Borrower knows of the occurrence thereof,
     written notice of any matter that could reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect;

          (j) Proxy Statements, Etc. As soon as available, one copy of each
     financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Borrower
     or any Subsidiary to its stockholders generally and one copy of each
     regular, periodic or special report, registration statement, or prospectus
     filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with any securities exchange or the
     Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency;

          (k) CSO Program Agreements. As soon as available and in any event
     within 30 days after the execution and delivery thereof, copies of each
     credit services organization and lender agreement or other similar
     agreement between the Borrower or

                                       47

<PAGE>

     any Guarantor and an unaffiliated, third-party lender in connection with
     any CSO Program and, at the request of the Agent, copies of any other
     agreements related thereto; and

          (l) General Information. Promptly, such other information concerning
     the Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Agent or any Lender may from time to
     time reasonably request.

     Section 8.2 Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower
will preserve and maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to preserve and
maintain, its corporate (or partnership, limited liability company or other
entity) existence and all of its leases, privileges, licenses, permits,
franchises, qualifications, and rights that are necessary or desirable in the
ordinary conduct of its business. The Borrower will conduct, and will cause each
Subsidiary to conduct, its business in an orderly and efficient manner in
accordance with good business practices customary in the industry in which the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries are engaged.

     Section 8.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will maintain, keep,
and preserve, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, keep, and preserve, all of
its properties (tangible and intangible) necessary or useful in the proper
conduct of its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and
tear excepted).

     Section 8.4 Taxes and Claims. The Borrower will pay or discharge, and will
cause each Subsidiary to pay or discharge, at or before maturity or before
becoming delinquent (a) all taxes, levies, assessments, and governmental charges
imposed on it or its income or profits or any of its property, and (b) all
lawful claims for labor, material, and supplies, which, if unpaid, might become
a Lien upon any of its property; provided, however, that neither the Borrower
nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge any tax, levy,
assessment, or governmental charge which is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, and for which adequate reserves have
been established.

     Section 8.5 Insurance. The Borrower will maintain, and will cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by
corporations engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the
same general areas in which the Borrower and the Subsidiaries operate, provided
that in any event the Borrower will maintain and cause each Subsidiary to
maintain workmen's compensation insurance, property insurance, comprehensive
general liability insurance, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

     Section 8.6 Inspection Rights; Audits. At any reasonable time and from time
to time, the Borrower will permit, and will cause each Subsidiary to permit,
representatives of the Agent and each Lender to examine, copy, and make extracts
from its books and records, to visit and inspect its properties, and to discuss
its business, operations, and financial condition with its officers, employees,
and independent certified public accountants.

     Section 8.7 Keeping Books and Records. The Borrower will maintain, and will
cause each Subsidiary to maintain, proper books of record and account in which
full, true, and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

                                       48
<PAGE>

     Section 8.8 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will comply, and will cause
each Subsidiary to comply, in all respects with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations, orders, and decrees of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator,
including without limitation, the provisions of the Texas Pawnshop Act (Chapter
371 of the Texas Finance Code), the consumer loan provisions of the Texas
Finance Code and the provisions of the Brady Law and other laws, rules and
regulations related to the regulation of firearms, other than such
non-compliance which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     Section 8.9 Compliance with Agreements. The Borrower will comply, and will
cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all respects with all agreements, contracts,
and instruments binding on it or affecting its properties or business other than
such non-compliance which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.10 Further Assurances. The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, execute and deliver such further agreements and instruments and
take such further action as may be reasonably requested by the Agent to carry
out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Without limiting the foregoing, upon the creation, formation or acquisition of
any Significant Subsidiary or a new store by a new Significant Subsidiary or by
a Guarantor in a new state, the Borrower shall, within 30 calendar days
following the date the Borrower has knowledge that such creation, formation or
acquisition, as the case maybe, has been consummated, all in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent:

          (a) provide written notice of such creation, formation or acquisition
     to the Agent;

          (b) cause each such Significant Subsidiary (other than an Excluded
     Foreign Subsidiary) to execute and deliver (i) a supplement to the
     Guaranty, a supplement to the Contribution and Indemnification Agreement,
     (ii) if requested by the Agent or the Required Lenders, a supplement to the
     Subsidiary Security Agreement, Real Property Security Documents, Uniform
     Commercial Code financing statements (delivery only), a Waiver for each
     Leased Location (subject in all respects to a best efforts standard of
     performance), title insurance commitments, surveys of Real Property,
     appraisals of Real Property, lender's title insurance policy with any
     required endorsements, and (iii) a legal opinion of the Borrower's and
     Guarantors' counsel (which may in the Agent's discretion be a legal opinion
     of the Borrower's in-house counsel); and

          (c) cause the holder of the equity interest of such Excluded Foreign
     Subsidiary to execute and deliver amendments and supplements to the Loan
     Documents and take any other actions as Agent deems advisable or necessary
     to grant to Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the
     Borrower Security Agreement and the Subsidiary Security Agreement), a
     perfected first priority security interest in such equity interest
     (provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total outstanding
     voting equity interest of any such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be
     required to be so pledged).

If any Subsidiary is created or acquired after the date hereof, the Borrower
shall deliver to the Agent (i) an amended Schedule 7.14 to this Agreement to
reflect the addition of the new Subsidiary and (ii) if such Subsidiary is a
Significant Subsidiary, any other documents which

                                       49

<PAGE>

would have otherwise been required to be delivered to the Agent and the Lenders
if such Significant Subsidiary had been a Guarantor as of the date hereof.

     Section 8.11 ERISA. With respect to any Plan that is subject to Title IV or
Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code, the Borrower will
comply, and will cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all minimum funding
requirements, and all other material requirements of ERISA, if applicable, so as
not to give rise to any liability thereunder which could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.12 Landlord's Waivers or Subordinations. At the request of the
Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary
to, deliver promptly a waiver or subordination of the landlord's lien in the
Collateral (a "Waiver") by the landlord of a Leased Location (subject in all
respects to a best efforts standard of performance), the Waiver to be in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               Negative Covenants

     The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any
part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or the
Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, the
Borrower will perform and observe the following negative covenants:

     Section 9.1 Debt. The Borrower will not incur, create, assume, or permit to
exist, and will not permit any Subsidiary to incur, create, assume, or permit to
exist, any Debt, except:

          (a) Debt to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank pursuant to the Loan
     Documents;

          (b) Debt listed on Schedule 9.1;

          (c) unsecured Debt owed by a Guarantor to another Guarantor evidenced
     by a promissory note which is issued to satisfy any applicable state
     regulatory requirement for the issuance of a license for consumer loan
     activity, such promissory note being pledged to and held by the Agent as
     Collateral;

          (d) Guarantee by the Borrower of real estate lease obligations of a
     Guarantor;

          (e) subordinated Debt which is fully subordinated to the Obligations,
     on terms specifically including, without limitation, that payments on such
     Debt shall be prohibited if a Default exists or would result from such
     payment, the maturity date of such Debt shall be later than the Termination
     Date, and other terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation, all in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders;

          (f) Debt consisting of CSO LCs;

          (g) Guarantees of the Debt permitted in clause (f) above;

                                       50

<PAGE>

          (h) Debt assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with
     Permitted Acquisitions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at
     any one time outstanding;

          (i) purchase money Debt which in each case shall not exceed 100% of
     the lesser of the total purchase price and the fair market value of such
     acquired asset as determined at the time of acquisition; and

          (j) Debt (other than Debt described in clauses (a) through and
     including (i) above) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000.00 at
     any one time outstanding.

     Section 9.2 Limitation on Liens. The Borrower will not incur, create,
assume, or permit to exist, and will not permit any Subsidiary to incur, create,
assume, or permit to exist, any Lien upon any of its property, assets, or
revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

          (a) Liens disclosed on Schedule 9.2 hereto and Liens in favor of the
     Agent for the benefit of the Lenders;

          (b) Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges which
     are not delinquent or which are being diligently contested in good faith
     and for which adequate reserves have been established;

          (c) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, landlords
     or other similar statutory Liens securing obligations that are not yet due
     and are incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (d) Liens resulting from good faith deposits to secure payments of
     workmen's compensation or other social security programs or to secure the
     performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
     bids, contracts (other than for payment of Debt), or leases made in the
     ordinary course of business;

          (e) Liens on the Litigation Fund Account in favor of County Bank of
     Rehoboth Beach, Delaware;

          (f) purchase money Liens securing Permitted Debt described in Section
     9.1(i), provided that the Debt secured by any such Lien encumbers only the
     asset so purchased;

          (g) financing statements filed in connection with operating lease
     transactions for computers;

          (h) Liens in favor of a landlord of a Leased Location on only the
     assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary located at such Lease Location so
     long as no financing statement will be filed in connection with such Lien
     unless (i) the collateral description listed on such financing statement is
     limited to the assets of the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary located at
     such Leased Location, and (ii) if requested by the Agent or the Required
     Lenders, the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary has obtained a Waiver for
     such

                                       51

<PAGE>

     Leased Location from such landlord (subject in all respects to a best
     efforts standard of performance), such Waiver to be in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Agent; and

          (i) Liens in favor of former holders of equity interests in a Target
     on holdback and escrow accounts established by the Borrower pursuant to
     purchase agreements related to Permitted Acquisitions.

     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall enter into or assume any
agreement (other than the Loan Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption
of any Lien upon its properties or assets whether now owned or hereafter
acquired; provided that in connection with the creation of purchase money Liens
permitted hereby, the Borrower or the Subsidiary may agree that it will not
permit any other Liens (other than the Liens in favor of the Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders) to encumber the assets subject to such purchase money
Lien. Further, the Borrower will not and will not permit any Subsidiaries
directly or indirectly to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist to become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability
of any Subsidiary to: (i) pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of
such Subsidiaries' capital stock owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
Borrower; (ii) subject to subordination provisions pay any Debt owed to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary; (iii) make loans or advances to the Borrower
or any other Subsidiary; or (iv) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary not restricted hereby.

     Section 9.3 Mergers, Etc. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to become a party to a merger or consolidation, or to purchase or
otherwise acquire all or a substantial part of the business or assets of any
Person or any shares or other equity interest of any Person (whether or not
certificated), or wind-up, dissolve, or liquidate itself; provided that, (i) a
domestic Subsidiary may wind-up, dissolve or liquidate if no Default exists or
would result therefrom and its assets are transferred to the Borrower or another
domestic Significant Subsidiary; (ii) a foreign Subsidiary may wind-up, dissolve
or liquidate if no Default exists or would result therefrom; (iii) any
Subsidiary may merge with and into the Borrower if the Borrower is the surviving
entity and no Default exists or would result therefrom; (iv) any Subsidiary may
merge with and into any other domestic Significant Subsidiary if the domestic
Significant Subsidiary is the surviving entity, no Default exists or would
result therefrom and Section 8.10 is complied with; (v) any foreign Subsidiary
may merge with any other foreign Subsidiary if no Default exists or would result
therefrom; (vi) the Borrower or a Subsidiary may make investments permitted
under Section 9.5 hereof; (vii) the Borrower or a Subsidiary may make Permitted
Acquisitions; (vii) any Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary may
merge with and into any other Subsidiary if the other Subsidiary is the
surviving entity and no Default exists or would result therefrom; and (viii) the
Borrower or any Subsidiary may acquire assets as permitted under Section 9.7.

     Section 9.4 Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not declare or pay any
dividends or make any other payment or distribution (whether in cash, property,
or obligations) on account of its capital stock, or redeem, purchase, retire, or
otherwise acquire any of its capital stock, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to
purchase or otherwise acquire any capital stock of the Borrower or another
Subsidiary, or set apart any money for a sinking or other analogous fund for any
dividend or other distribution on its capital stock or for any redemption,
purchase, retirement, or other acquisition of any of its capital stock; provided
however, the Borrower may declare or pay Permitted Payments.

                                       52

<PAGE>

     Section 9.5 Investments. Other than pawn loans, Pay-Day Advance Loans (and
participations therein) and other consumer loans (and participations therein)
extended in the ordinary course of business, the Borrower will not make, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to make, any advance, loan, extension of credit,
or capital contribution to or investment in, or purchase to own, or permit any
Subsidiary to purchase or own, any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, or other
securities of any Person, except:

          (a) investments that are permitted and approved by the Borrower in
     accordance with the Corporate Investment Policy adopted by the Borrower's
     board of directors on July 21, 2006 other than any investments in Albemarle
     & Bond Holdings plc;

          (b) investments in Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Agreement
     and investments in subsequently created Subsidiaries so long as the
     Borrower and the Subsidiaries have complied with the terms and conditions
     of Section 8.10;

          (c) any loans or investments not covered in the previous sections of
     this Section 9.5 (including any additional investments made after the date
     hereof in Albemarle & Bond Holdings plc) not to exceed $7,500,000 in the
     aggregate;

          (d) Permitted Acquisitions;

          (e) any CSO LC Disbursements made by the CSO LC Issuer in connection
     with the CSO Program; and

          (f) investments in Albemarle & Bond Holdings plc existing on the date
     of this Agreement.

     Section 9.6 Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock. The Borrower will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time issue, sell, assign, or otherwise
dispose of (a) any of its capital stock (or any equivalent interest therein),
(b) any securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying any rights
to acquire any of its capital stock (or any equivalent interest therein), or (c)
any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of its capital stock (or any
equivalent interest therein), except issuances by a Subsidiary to the Borrower.

     Section 9.7 Transactions With Affiliates. The Borrower will not enter into,
and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into, any transaction, including,
without limitation, the purchase, sale, or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with any Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, except,
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
(a) the transfers of assets with a book value not greater than $2,500,000 in the
aggregate during the term of this Agreement, (b) upon fair and reasonable terms
no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a
comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, (c) transfers of assets to any Obligated Party so
long as, if such assets are subject to a Lien in favor of the Agent, then such
transferee Obligated Party shall grant promptly first priority perfected Liens
in such assets to the Agent, (d) transfers of cash to any Subsidiary so long as
such cash is deposited into a deposit account that is subject to a first
priority perfected Lien in favor of the Agent, (e) transfers of cash to any
other Subsidiary so long as such cash shall be used by the transferee Subsidiary
in the ordinary course of business, and (f) transfers by any Subsidiary that is

                                       53

<PAGE>

not an Obligated Party of any assets not constituting Collateral (including
cash) to another Subsidiary that is not an Obligated Party.

     Section 9.8 Disposition of Assets. The Borrower will not sell, lease,
assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose (collectively "Dispositions") of any of
its assets, or permit any Subsidiary to do so with any of its assets, except:

          (a) Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

          (b) Dispositions of obsolete, worn or used equipment;

          (c) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of short-term
     consumer loans and any other rights related to such consumer loans arising
     under the CSO Program (including reimbursement obligations under CSO LCs)
     (collectively the "Consumer Obligations") so long as (i) such consumers
     have defaulted on such loans and (ii) the related CSO LCs have been fully
     drawn;

          (d) Dispositions to a Guarantor as to which Agent has in its
     possession an executed Guaranty, Contribution and Indemnification
     Agreement, Subsidiary Security Agreement and Real Estate Security
     Documents, if applicable;

          (e) Dispositions of certain store locations (including sales of Real
     Property and operating business (which may include the sale of Inventory,
     pawn loans and interests in Pay-Day Advance Loans of the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary in connection with the sale of such location and sales of the
     Consumer Obligations described in Section 9.8(c) above in connection with
     the sale of such location), but excluding liquidating sales of Inventory,
     pawn loans and interests in Pay-Day Advance Loans and Consumer Obligations
     made in connection with the CSO Program of the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
     which do not occur in connection with the sale of any Real Property or
     operating business) owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of
     the date hereof so long as the Net Proceeds of such Disposition are
     promptly paid to the Agent in accordance with Section 4.3; and

          (f) Dispositions to the Borrower or a Subsidiary permitted under
     Section 9.7.

     Section 9.9 Nature of Business. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the businesses in which
they are engaged on the date hereof and similar businesses thereto in connection
with the providing of consumer loan products or financial services, directly and
indirectly. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, such businesses shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: pawn loans, check-cashing, money
wires, Pay-Day Advance Loans, other consumer loans, directly (as a lender) and
indirectly (as a participant), jewelry and merchandise sales, insurance products
and services, credit services, loan broker services and other businesses,
services and products incidental to the foregoing.

     Section 9.10 Environmental Protection. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) use (or permit any tenant to use) any of
their respective properties or assets for the handling, processing, storage,
transportation, or disposal of any Hazardous Material, (b) generate any
Hazardous Material, (c) conduct any activity that is likely to cause a Release
or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material, or (d) otherwise conduct any
activity or use any of

                                       54

<PAGE>

their respective properties or assets in any manner that is likely to violate
any Environmental Law or create any Environmental Liabilities for which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries would be responsible.

     Section 9.11 Accounting. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year or make any change in accounting
treatment or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP and disclosed to
the Agent.

     Section 9.12 Prepayment of Debt. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, prepay any Debt except (i) the Obligations and (ii)
intercompany Debt among Guarantors permitted pursuant to Section 9.1(c).

     Section 9.13 Pay-Day Advance Loans. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase participation or other interests in
any Pay-Day Advance Loans, or other consumer loans, the applications for which
were originated and processed by a Person other than the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

                                   ARTICLE X

                               Financial Covenants

     The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any
part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or the
Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, the
Borrower will perform and observe the following financial covenants:

     Section 10.1 Consolidated Net Worth. Beginning with the Fiscal Quarter
ending December 31, 2005, the Borrower will maintain at all times Consolidated
Net Worth in an amount not less than (a) $125,000,000.00, plus (b) an amount
equal to 75% of Consolidated Net Income (not less than zero dollars [$0.00]) for
all periods subsequent to the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2005, plus (c)
an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds of all equity offerings (including
conversions of debt securities into common stock) of the Borrower subsequent to
December 31, 2005.

     Section 10.2 Senior Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will maintain a Senior
Leverage Ratio at the end of each Fiscal Quarter of not greater than 2.00 to
1.00.

     Section 10.3 Total Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will maintain a Total
Leverage Ratio at the end of each Fiscal Quarter of not greater than 3.25 to
1.00.

     Section 10.4 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will maintain a
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at the end of each Fiscal Quarter of not less than
1.25 to 1.00.

                                       55

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                     Default

     Section 11.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall be deemed an
"Event of Default":

          (a) The Borrower shall fail to pay when due the Obligations or any
     part thereof.

          (b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower
     or any Obligated Party (or any of their respective officers) in any Loan
     Document or in any certificate, report, notice, or financial statement
     furnished at any time in connection with this Agreement shall be false,
     misleading, or erroneous in any material respect when made or deemed to
     have been made.

          (c) The Borrower shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any
     covenant, agreement, or term contained in Section 8.1, Article IX, or
     Article X of this Agreement; or the Borrower or any Obligated Party shall
     fail to perform, observe, or comply with any other covenant, agreement, or
     term contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than
     covenants to pay the Obligations) and such failure shall continue for a
     period of 15 days.

          (d) The Borrower, any Subsidiary, or any Obligated Party shall
     commence a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization, or
     other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy,
     insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
     appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or other similar
     official of it or a substantial part of its property or shall consent to
     any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such
     official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it or
     shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall
     generally fail to pay its debts as they become due or shall take any
     corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing.

          (e) An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower,
     any Subsidiary, or any Obligated Party seeking liquidation, reorganization,
     or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy,
     insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
     appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar
     official for it or a substantial part of its property, and such involuntary
     proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 30 days.

          (f) The Borrower, any Subsidiary, or any Obligated Party shall fail to
     discharge within a period of 45 days after the commencement thereof any
     attachment, sequestration, or similar proceeding or proceedings involving
     an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000 against any of its assets or
     properties.

          (g) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess
     of $250,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered by a court or courts against
     the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Obligated Party and the same
     shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such
     discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not

                                       56

<PAGE>

     be procured, within 45 days from the date of entry thereof and the Borrower
     or the relevant Subsidiary or Obligated Party shall not, within said period
     of 45 days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall
     have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be
     stayed during such appeal.

          (h) The Borrower, any Subsidiary, or any Obligated Party shall fail to
     pay when due any principal of or interest on any Material Debt (hereinafter
     defined) (other than the Obligations), or the maturity of any such Debt
     shall have been accelerated, or any such Debt shall have been required to
     be prepaid prior to the stated maturity thereof, or any event shall have
     occurred that permits any holder or holders of such Debt or any Person
     acting on behalf of such holder or holders to accelerate the maturity
     thereof or require any such prepayment. For purposes of this clause (h),
     the term "Material Debt" means Debt owed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
     the principal amount of which exceeds $250,000.

          (i) This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in
     full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or
     enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by the Borrower,
     any Subsidiary, any Obligated Party or any of their respective
     shareholders, or the Borrower or any Obligated Party shall deny that it has
     any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents.

          (j) Any of the following events shall occur or exist with respect to
     the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate: (i) any Prohibited Transaction
     involving any Plan; (ii) any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan;
     (iii) the filing under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to
     terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan; (iv) any event or
     circumstance that might constitute grounds entitling the PBGC to institute
     proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or for the
     appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the institution by the
     PBGC of any such proceedings; or (v) complete or partial withdrawal under
     Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from a Multiemployer Plan or the
     reorganization, insolvency, or termination of any Multiemployer Plan; and
     in each case above, such event or condition, together with all other events
     or conditions, if any, have subjected or could in the reasonable opinion of
     Required Banks subject the Borrower to any tax, penalty, or other liability
     to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan, the PBGC, or otherwise (or any combination
     thereof) which in the aggregate exceed or could reasonably be expected to
     exceed $250,000.

          (k) Any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section
     13(d) of the Exchange Act sells or acquires after the date hereof
     "beneficial ownership" (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange
     Act) in excess of 33% of the total voting power of all classes of capital
     stock then outstanding of the Borrower entitled (without regard to the
     occurrence of any contingency) to vote in elections of directors of the
     Borrower.

          (l) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their
     properties, revenues, or assets, shall become the subject of an order of
     forfeiture, seizure, or divestiture and the same shall not have been
     discharged (or provisions shall not be made for such discharge) within 30
     days from the date of entry thereof.

          (m) Any Material Adverse Effect shall occur.

                                       57

<PAGE>

     Section 11.2 Remedies.

          (a) Remedies. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
     the Agent may (and if directed by Required Lenders, shall) do any one or
     more of the following:

               (i) Acceleration. Declare all outstanding principal of and
          accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, all outstanding Letter of
          Credit Disbursements, and all other obligations of the Borrower under
          the Loan Documents immediately due and payable, and the same shall
          thereupon become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand,
          presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of
          intent to accelerate, protest, or other formalities of any kind, all
          of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

               (ii) Termination of Revolving Credit Commitments. Terminate the
          Revolving Credit Commitments and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to
          issue Letters of Credit without notice to the Borrower.

               (iii) Judgment. Reduce any claim to judgment.

               (iv) Foreclosure. Foreclose or otherwise enforce any Lien granted
          to the Agent for the benefit of itself and the Lenders to secure
          payment and performance of the Obligations in accordance with the
          terms of the Loan Documents.

               (v) Rights. Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by
          the laws of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction, by any of
          the Loan Documents, by equity, or otherwise.

     Provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under
     subsection (d) or (e) of Section 11.1, the Revolving Credit Commitments of
     all of the Lenders and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters
     of Credit shall automatically terminate, and the outstanding principal of
     and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and all other obligations of
     the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall thereupon become immediately
     due and payable without notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor,
     notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, protest, or other
     formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
     Borrower.

          (b) Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, and each of their respective
     Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the
     fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and
     all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in
     whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever
     currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or any such
     Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any
     Obligated Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or
     such Obligated Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any
     other Loan Document to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, irrespective of
     whether or not such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made any demand
     under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such
     obligations of the

                                       58

<PAGE>

     Borrower or such Obligated Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed
     to a branch or office of such Lender or the Issuing Bank different from the
     branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness.
     The rights of each Lender, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates
     under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including
     other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Issuing Bank or their
     respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to
     notify the Borrower and the Agent promptly after any such setoff and
     application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
     the validity of such setoff and application.

          (c) Cash Collateral. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing the Borrower shall, if requested by the Agent or Required
     Lenders, pledge to the Agent as security for the Obligations an amount in
     immediately available funds equal to the then outstanding Letter of Credit
     Liabilities, such funds to be held in a cash collateral account at the
     Agent without any right of withdrawal by the Borrower.

     Section 11.3 Performance by the Agent. If the Borrower shall fail to
perform any covenant or agreement in accordance with the terms of the Loan
Documents, the Agent may, at the direction of Required Lenders, perform or
attempt to perform such covenant or agreement on behalf of the Borrower. In such
event, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Agent, promptly pay any amount
reasonably expended by the Agent or the Lenders in connection with such
performance or attempted performance to the Agent at the Principal Office,
together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from and including the date
of such expenditure to but excluding the date such expenditure is paid in full.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that neither the Agent nor
any Lender shall have any liability or responsibility for the performance of any
obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                    The Agent

     Section 12.1 Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing
Bank hereby irrevocably appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to act
on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and
authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such
powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together
with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The
provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders
and the Issuing Bank, and neither the Borrower nor any Obligated Party shall
have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

     Section 12.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder
shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term
"Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the
context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in
its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory
capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent
hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

                                       59
<PAGE>

     Section 12.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall not have any duties or
obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan
Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

          (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties,
     regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

          (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or
     exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers
     expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent
     is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or
     such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly
     provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the
     Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the
     opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is
     contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

          (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other
     Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the
     failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its
     Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the
     Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with
the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or
percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe
in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in
Sections 13.9 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or
willful misconduct. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any
Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by
the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Bank.

     The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or
inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of
any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or
in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any
of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or
therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability,
effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition
set forth in Article VI or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of
items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

     Section 12.4 Reliance by Agent. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon,
and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request,
certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing
(including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other
distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or
otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any
statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made
by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In
determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or
the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the
satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Agent may presume that such
condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Agent
shall have received notice to the

                                       60

<PAGE>

contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan
or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Agent may consult with legal
counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not
taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or
experts.

     Section 12.5 Delegation of Duties. The Agent may perform any and all of its
duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan
Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The
Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise
its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The
exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to
the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to
their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit
facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

     Section 12.6 Resignation of Agent. The Agent may at any time give notice of
its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon receipt
of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in
consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank
with an office in the United States of America, or an Affiliate of any such bank
with an office in the United States of America. If no such successor shall have
been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such
appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its
resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth
above provided that if the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that
no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall
nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security
held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank under any of the
Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral
security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all
payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or
through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing
Bank directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent
as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor's
appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become
vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or
retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its
duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not
already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees
payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable
to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such
successor. After the retiring Agent's resignation hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 13.1 shall continue
in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their
respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

     Section 12.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the
Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each

                                       61

<PAGE>

Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and
without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related
Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to
time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not
taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

     Section 12.8 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall, by exercising
any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of
any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder
resulting in such Lender's receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate
amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations
greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender
receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and
(b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other
obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be
equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and
accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them,
provided that:

          (a) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of
     the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be
     rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery,
     without interest; and

          (b) the provisions of this clause shall not be construed to apply to
     (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the
     express terms of this Agreement or (ii) any payment obtained by a Lender as
     consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of
     its Loans or participations in Letter of Credit Disbursements to any
     assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary
     thereof (as to which the provisions of this clause shall apply).

The Borrower and each Obligated Party consent to the foregoing and agree, to the
extent each of them may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender
acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise
against the Borrower or any Obligated Party rights of setoff and counterclaim
with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct
creditor of the Borrower and each Obligated Party in the amount of such
participation.

     Section 12.9 Indemnification. THE LENDERS HEREBY AGREE TO INDEMNIFY THE
AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK FROM AND HOLD THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK HARMLESS
AGAINST (TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED UNDER SECTIONS 13.1 AND 13.2, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITING THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER UNDER SECTIONS 13.1 AND 13.2), RATABLY
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS, ANY AND ALL
LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS,
DEFICIENCIES, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES), AND
DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED
BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR
ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED TO BE
TAKEN BY THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK UNDER OR IN RESPECT OF ANY OF THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT NO

                                       62

<PAGE>

LENDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY PORTION OF THE FOREGOING TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY
THE AGENT'S OR THE ISSUING BANK'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS SECTION, EACH LENDER AGREES TO
REIMBURSE THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK PROMPTLY UPON DEMAND FOR ITS PRO RATA
SHARE (CALCULATED ON THE BASIS OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS) OF ANY AND
ALL OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES) INCURRED BY
THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION, EXECUTION,
DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION, MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT OR ENFORCEMENT (WHETHER
THROUGH NEGOTIATIONS, LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHERWISE) OF, OR LEGAL ADVICE IN
RESPECT OF RIGHTS OR RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, TO THE EXTENT
THAT THE AGENT OR THE ISSUING BANK IS NOT REIMBURSED FOR SUCH EXPENSES BY THE
BORROWER.

     Section 12.10 Several Commitments. The Commitments and other obligations of
the Lenders under this Agreement are several. The default by any Lender in
making an Advance in accordance with its Commitment shall not relieve the other
Lenders of their obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any default
by any Lender in making any Advance, each nondefaulting Lender shall be
obligated to make its Advance but shall not be obligated to advance the amount
which the defaulting Lender was required to advance hereunder. In no event shall
any Lender be required to advance an amount or amounts to the Borrower which
shall in the aggregate exceed such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment. No
Lender shall be responsible for any act or omission of any other Lender.

     Section 12.11 Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of
any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to
the Borrower or any Obligated Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the
principal of any Advance or Letter of Credit Liabilities shall then be due and
payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of
whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled
and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal
     and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Advances, Letter of Credit
     Liabilities and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file
     such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
     claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable
     compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the
     Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the
     Lenders and the Agent under Sections 2.9 and 13.1) allowed in such judicial
     proceeding; and

          (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or
     deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by
each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, in the event that the Agent
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to
the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses,

                                       63

<PAGE>

disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Agent under Sections 2.9 and 13.1.

     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations
or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the
claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

     Section 12.12 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably
authorize the Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

          (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the
     Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Revolving Credit
     Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent
     indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all
     Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in
     connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan
     Document, or (iii) subject to Section 13.9, if approved, authorized or
     ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and

          (b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty
     if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction
     permitted hereunder.

     Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in
writing the Agent's authority to release its interest in particular types or
items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the
Guaranty pursuant to this Section 12.12.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  Miscellaneous

     Section 13.1 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

          (a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable
     out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates (including
     the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Agent),
     and shall pay all reasonable fees and time charges and disbursements for
     attorneys who may be employees of the Agent, in connection with the
     syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation,
     negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and
     the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the
     provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated
     hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket
     expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance,
     amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for
     payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
     Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (including the fees, charges and
     disbursements of any counsel for the Agent, any Lender or the Issuing
     Bank), and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be
     employees of the Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank, in connection with
     the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this
     Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or

                                       64

<PAGE>

     Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket
     expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in
     respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

          (b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the
     Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Bank, and
     each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being
     called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from,
     any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses
     (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel
     for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee
     from all reasonable fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys
     who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or
     asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or
     any Obligated Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of
     (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
     any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance
     by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or
     thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
     thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of
     the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor
     a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in
     connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such
     Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of
     Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related
     in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual
     or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to
     any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory,
     whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Obligated
     Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto,
     provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available
     to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related
     expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final
     and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
     willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by
     the Borrower or any Obligated Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad
     faith of such Indemnitee's obligations hereunder or under any other Loan
     Document, if the Borrower or such Obligated Party has obtained a final and
     nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court
     of competent jurisdiction.

          (c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any
     reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) or
     (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent
     thereof), the Issuing Bank or any Related Party of any of the foregoing,
     each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent),
     the Issuing Bank or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender's
     Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable
     unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount,
     provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage,
     liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or
     asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuing Bank in
     its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing
     acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or Issuing Bank in

                                       65

<PAGE>

     connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this
     clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 12.10.

          (d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent
     permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby
     waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for
     special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct
     or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of,
     this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument
     contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any
     Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee
     referred to in clause (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising
     from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials
     distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other
     information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the
     other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

          (e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable
     promptly after demand therefor.

     Section 13.2 Limitation of Liability. None of the Agent, the Issuing Bank,
any Lender, or any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent
thereof shall have any liability with respect to, and the Borrower hereby
waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any
special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by
the Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including
without limitation, any damages suffered or incurred by the Borrower in
connection with Swing Loan Advances made by telephonic notice pursuant to
Section 2.7(a) hereto, except for such Person's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

     Section 13.3 No Duty. All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other
professional Persons and consultants retained by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
the Lenders shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the
Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and shall have no duty of disclosure,
duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature
whatsoever to the Borrower or any of the Borrower's shareholders or any other
Person.

     Section 13.4 No Fiduciary Relationship. The relationship between the
Borrower and each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders is solely that
of debtor and creditor, and neither the Agent, the Issuing Bank nor any Lender
has any fiduciary or other special relationship with the Borrower, and no term
or condition of any of the Loan Documents shall be construed so as to deem the
relationship between the Borrower and any of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders to be other than that of debtor and creditor.

     Section 13.5 Equitable Relief. The Borrower recognizes that in the event
the Borrower fails to pay, perform, observe, or discharge any or all of the
Obligations, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders. The Borrower therefore agrees that the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, if the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders
so request, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in
any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

                                       66
<PAGE>

     Section 13.6 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising,
and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power, or privilege under
this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement preclude
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power,
or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies
provided by law.

     Section 13.7 Successors and Assigns.

          (a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement
     shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
     their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that
     neither the Borrower nor any Obligated Party may assign or otherwise
     transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior
     written consent of the Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or
     otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to
     an assignee in accordance with the provisions of clause (b) of this
     Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of
     clause (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a
     security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (f) of this Section
     (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall
     be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall
     be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto,
     their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to
     the extent provided in clause (d) of this Section and, to the extent
     expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agent and
     the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by
     reason of this Agreement.

          (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one
     or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this
     Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at
     the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject
     to the following conditions:

               (i) Minimum Amounts.

                    (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining
               amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment and the Loans at the
               time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an
               Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need
               be assigned; and

                    (B) in any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A) of this
               Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this
               purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the
               applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal
               outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject
               to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment
               and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to
               the Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and
               Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than
               $2,500,000, unless each of the Agent and, so long as no Default
               has occurred and is

                                       67

<PAGE>

               continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent
               not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

               (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made
          as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's
          rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan
          or the Commitment assigned.

               (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any
          assignment except to the extent required by clause (b)(i)(B) of this
          Section and, in addition:

                    (A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be
               unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) a
               default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such
               assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of
               a Lender or an Approved Fund;

                    (B) the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be
               unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for
               assignments if such assignment is to a Person that is not a
               Lender with a Commitment in respect of such facility, an
               Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such
               Lender; and

                    (C) the consent of the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be
               unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any
               assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to
               participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit
               (whether or not then outstanding).

               (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment
          shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Assumption,
          together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,000, and the
          assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an
          Administrative Questionnaire.

               (v) No Assignment to Borrower. No such assignment shall be made
          to the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

               (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall
          be made to a natural person.

     Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to clause
     (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each
     Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this
     Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment
     and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this
     Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the
     interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its
     obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
     Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations
     under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but
     shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.1 and 13.1 with
     respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the

                                       68

<PAGE>

     effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender
     of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with
     this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by
     such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance
     with clause (d) of this Section.

          (c) Register. The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of
     the Borrower, shall maintain at its Principal Office a copy of each
     Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the
     recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments
     of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to
     the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the
     Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders
     may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to
     the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
     notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
     inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from
     time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

          (d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent
     of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Agent, sell participations to any
     Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the
     Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a "Participant") in all or a
     portion of such Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement
     (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to
     it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall
     remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the
     other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the
     Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders, and Issuing Bank shall continue to
     deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
     rights and obligations under this Agreement.

          Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a
     participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to
     enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver
     of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or
     instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of
     the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver with
     respect to the following: (A) any increase of such Lender's Commitments,
     (B) any reduction of the principal amount of, or interest to be paid on,
     the Advances and LC Participations of such Lender, (C) any reduction of any
     commitment fee or other amount payable to such Lender under any Loan
     Document, or (D) any postponement of any date for the payment of any amount
     payable in respect of the Advances or LC Participations of such Lender.
     Subject to clause (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each
     Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.1 to the same
     extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment
     pursuant to clause (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law,
     each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.2(b)
     as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject
     to Sections 4.9(c) and 12.8 as though it were a Lender.

          (e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be
     entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 4.6 and 5.1 than the
     applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the
     participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the
     participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written
     consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender
     shall

                                       69

<PAGE>

     not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.6 unless the Borrower is
     notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant
     agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 4.6(e) as
     though it were a Lender.

          (f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a
     security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement
     to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to
     secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge
     or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations
     hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a
     party hereto.

     Section 13.8 Survival. All representations and warranties made in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any document, statement, or
certificate furnished in connection with this Agreement shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and no
investigation by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender or any closing shall
affect the representations and warranties or the right of the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or any Lender to rely upon them. Without prejudice to the survival of any
other obligation of the Borrower hereunder, the obligations of the Borrower
under Article V and Sections 13.1 and 13.2 shall survive repayment of the Notes
and termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Letters of Credit.

     Section 13.9 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Loan Document to which the Borrower or
any Obligated Party is a party, nor any consent to any departure by the Borrower
or any Obligated Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be agreed or consented to by Required Lenders and the Borrower or the
Obligated Party, as applicable, and each such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; provided, that no amendment, waiver, or consent shall: (a) increase the
Commitment of any Lender or subject any Lender to any additional obligations
without the written consent of such Lender; (b) reduce the principal of, or
interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any
of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent
of each Lender directly affected thereby; (c) postpone any date fixed for any
payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or Letter of Credit
Disbursements or any fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them)
hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each
Lender directly affected thereby; (d) waive any of the conditions specified in
Article VI without the written consent of each Lender; (e) change the percentage
of the Revolving Credit Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the Notes or Letter of Credit Liabilities or the number of Lenders which
shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action under this
Agreement without the written consent of each Lender; (f) change any provision
contained in this Section 13.10 without the written consent of each Lender; (g)
release the Borrower from any of its obligations under this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents or, except as provided in Section 12.9, release any
Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty without the written consent of
each Lender; and (h) release any Collateral securing the Guaranty, or the
Obligations except in accordance with and as contemplated by the Loan Documents
without the written consent of each Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Section, no amendment, waiver, or consent shall be
made (i) with respect to Article XII hereof without the prior written consent of
the Agent, (ii) with respect to Section 2.7 hereof without the prior written
consent of the Swing

                                       70

<PAGE>

Lender, or (iii) with respect to Article III hereof without the prior written
consent of the Issuing Bank.

     Section 13.10 Maximum Interest Rate. No provision of this Agreement or of
any other Loan Document shall require the payment or the collection of interest
in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. If any excess of
interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be
so provided, in any Loan Document or otherwise in connection with this loan
transaction, the provisions of this Section shall govern and prevail and neither
the Borrower nor the sureties, guarantors, successors, or assigns of the
Borrower shall be obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any
other excess sum paid for the use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned
pursuant hereto. In the event any Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as
interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum
amount permitted by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction
of the principal of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the LC
Participations; and, if the principal of the Notes and the LC Participations has
been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to the Borrower.
In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable exceeds the Maximum
Rate, the Borrower and each Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, (a) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee, or premium
rather than as interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects
thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread the total amount of
interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the indebtedness evidenced
by the Notes and LC Participations so that interest for the entire term does not
exceed the Maximum Rate.

     Section 13.11 Notices.

          (a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other
     communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as
     provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications
     provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or
     overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent
     by telecopier as follows:

               (i) if to the Borrower or any Obligated Party, to it at the
          address specified below the Borrower's name on the signature page
          hereof;

               (ii) if to the Agent, to it at the address specified below its
          name on the signature page hereof;

               (iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at the address specified
          below its name on the signature page hereof; and

               (iv) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopier number)
          set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

     Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified
     or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received;
     notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent
     (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient,
     shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next
     business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic

                                       71

<PAGE>

     communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below, shall be
     effective as provided in said clause (b).

          (b) Electronic Communications. (i) Notices and other communications to
     the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by
     electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet
     websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent, provided that the
     foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank
     pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable,
     has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such
     Article by electronic communication. The Agent or the Borrower may, in its
     discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it
     hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by
     it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular
     notices or communications.

               (ii) Unless the Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other
          communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon
          the sender's receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient
          (such as by the "return receipt requested" function, as available,
          return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such
          notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business
          hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed
          to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day
          for the recipient, and (B) notices or communications posted to an
          Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed
          receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described
          in the foregoing clause (A) of notification that such notice or
          communication is available and identifying the website address
          therefor.

               (iii) The Borrower agrees that any Agent may make any material
          delivered by the Borrower to such Agent, as well as any amendments,
          waivers, consents, and other written information, documents,
          instruments and other materials relating to the Borrower, any of its
          Subsidiaries, or any other materials or matters relating to this
          Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions
          contemplated hereby (collectively, the "Communications") available to
          the Lenders by posting such notices on an electronic delivery system
          (which may be provided by an Agent, an Affiliate of an Agent, or any
          Person that is not an Affiliate of an Agent), such as IntraLinks, or a
          substantially similar electronic system (the "Platform"). The Borrower
          acknowledges that (A) the distribution of material through an
          electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are
          confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution, (B)
          the Platform is provided "as is" and "as available" and (C) neither
          any Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants the accuracy,
          completeness, timeliness, sufficiency, or sequencing of the
          Communications posted on the Platform. Each Agent and its Affiliates
          expressly disclaim with respect to the Platform any liability for
          errors in transmission, incorrect or incomplete downloading, delays in
          posting or delivery, or problems accessing the Communications posted
          on the Platform and any liability for any losses, costs, expenses or
          liabilities that may be suffered or incurred in connection with the
          Platform. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory,
          including, without limitation, any warranty of

                                       72

<PAGE>

          merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of
          third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is
          made by any Agent or any of its Affiliates in connection with the
          Platform.

               (iv) Each Lender agrees that notice to it specifying that any
          Communication has been posted to the Platform shall for purposes of
          this Agreement constitute effective delivery to such Lender of such
          information, documents or other materials comprising such
          Communication. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify, on or before the date
          such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, each Agent in writing
          of such Lender's e-mail address to which a notice may be sent (and
          from time to time thereafter to ensure that each Agent has on record
          an effective e-mail address for such Lender) and (B) that any notice
          may be sent to such e-mail address.

          (c) Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or
     telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice
     to the other parties hereto.

     Section 13.12 Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process.

          (a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
     in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.

          (b) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower and each Obligated Party
     irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to
     the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas sitting
     in Travis County; and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action
     or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other
     Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each
     of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all
     claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and
     determined in such Texas State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by
     applicable law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees
     that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive
     and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in
     any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other
     Loan Document shall affect any right that the Agent, any Lender or the
     Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating
     to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or any
     Obligated Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

          (c) Waiver of Venue. The Borrower and each Obligated Party irrevocably
     and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
     law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue
     of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
     any other Loan Document in any court referred to in clause (b) of this
     Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the
     fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient
     forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

          (d) Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to
     service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 13.11.
     Nothing in this Agreement

                                       73

<PAGE>

     will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other
     manner permitted by applicable law.

     Section 13.13 Binding Arbitration.

          (a) Arbitration. The parties hereto agree, upon demand by any party,
     to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies
     between or among them (and their respective employees, officers, directors,
     attorneys, and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise
     arising out of or relating to in any way (i) the loan and related Loan
     Documents which are the subject of this Agreement and its negotiation,
     execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification,
     extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or
     termination; or (ii) requests for additional credit.

          (b) Governing Rules. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a
     location in Texas selected by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA");
     (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United
     States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in
     any of the documents between the parties; and (iii) be conducted by the
     AAA, or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon,
     in accordance with the AAA's commercial dispute resolution procedures,
     unless the claim or counterclaim is at least $1,000,000.00 exclusive of
     claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration
     shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA's optional procedures for
     large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution
     procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial
     disputes to be referred to, as applicable, as the "Rules"). If there is any
     inconsistency between the terms hereof and the Rules, the terms and
     procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses
     to submit to arbitration following a demand by any other party shall bear
     all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling
     arbitration of any dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be
     a waiver by any party that is a bank of the protections afforded to it
     under 12 U.S.C. Section 91 or any similar applicable state law.

          (c) No Waiver of Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure. The
     arbitration requirement does not limit the right of any party to (i)
     foreclose against real or personal property collateral; (ii) exercise
     self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as
     setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies
     such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a
     receiver, before during or after the pendency of any arbitration
     proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or
     obligation of any party to submit any dispute to arbitration or reference
     hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions
     detailed in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 13.13(c).

          (d) Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers. Any arbitration proceeding
     in which the amount in controversy is $5,000,000.00 or less will be decided
     by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not
     render an award of greater than $5,000,000.00. Any dispute in which the
     amount in controversy exceeds $5,000,000.00 shall be decided by majority
     vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three
     arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations.
     The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the State of Texas
     with

                                       74

<PAGE>

     a minimum of ten years experience in the substantive law applicable to the
     subject matter of the dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator will
     determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to
     the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration
     proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing
     at the arbitrator's discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar
     to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary
     adjudication. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes in accordance with
     the substantive law of Texas and may grant any remedy or relief that a
     court of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such
     ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The
     arbitrator shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and
     fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as the arbitrator
     deems necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal
     Rules of Civil Procedure, the Texas Rules of Civil Procedure or other
     applicable law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be
     entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance
     of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary
     remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including
     the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any
     other party contests such action for judicial relief.

          (e) Discovery. In any arbitration proceeding discovery will be
     permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly
     limited to matters directly relevant to the dispute being arbitrated and
     must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within
     180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. Any requests for an
     extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be
     subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the
     request for discovery is essential for the party's presentation and that no
     alternative means for obtaining information is available.

          (f) Class Proceedings and Consolidations. The resolution of any
     dispute arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined
     by a separate arbitration proceeding and such dispute shall not be
     consolidated with other disputes or included in any class proceeding.

          (g) Payment Of Arbitration Costs And Fees. The arbitrator shall award
     all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding.

          (h) Miscellaneous. To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the
     arbitrators and the parties shall take all action required to conclude any
     arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with
     the AAA. No arbitrator or other party to an arbitration proceeding may
     disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures
     of information by a party required in the ordinary course of its business
     or by applicable law or regulation. If more than one agreement for
     arbitration by or between the parties potentially applies to a dispute, the
     arbitration provision most directly related to the Loan Documents or the
     subject matter of the dispute shall control. This arbitration provision
     shall survive termination, amendment or expiration of any of the Loan
     Documents or any relationship between the parties.

                                       75

<PAGE>

     Section 13.14 Counterparts.

          (a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be
     executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different
     counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which
     when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and
     the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect
     to fees payable to the Agent, constitute the entire contract among the
     parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all
     previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the
     subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Article VI, this Agreement
     shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Agent and
     when the Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken
     together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery
     of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by
     telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart
     of this Agreement.

          (b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words "execution,"
     "signed," "signature," and words of like import in any Assignment and
     Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping
     of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal
     effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the
     use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the
     extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal
     Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or any other
     similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

     Section 13.15 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or
invalidate the remainder of this Agreement and the effect thereof shall be
confined to the provision held to be invalid or illegal.

     Section 13.16 Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in
this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation
of this Agreement.

     Section 13.17 Construction. The Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
each Lender acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel
of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the parties
hereto.

     Section 13.18 Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be
given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not
permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an
exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall
not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or such condition
exists.

     Section 13.19 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of
the Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the
confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information
may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates' respective
partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other
representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is
made will be informed of the

                                       76

<PAGE>

confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information
confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority
purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory
authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to
the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or
similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the
exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement
containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i)
any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant
in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or
prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction
relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the
Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available
other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to
the Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on
a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

     For purposes of this Section, "Information" means all information received
from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such
information that is available to the Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a
nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, provided that, in the case of information received from the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such information is
clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required
to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall
be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has
exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such
Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

     Section 13.20 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender, the Issuing Bank and the
Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower
that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of
Pub.L.107.56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the "Act"), it is required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which
information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information
that will allow such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Agent, as applicable, to
identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

     Section 13.21 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER
THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH
OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE
BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS

                                       77

<PAGE>

BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

     Section 13.22 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, AND THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.

     Section 13.23 Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates
in its entirety the Existing Credit Agreement. The execution of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith does not extinguish
the indebtedness outstanding in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement
nor does it constitute a novation with respect to such indebtedness. THE
BORROWER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT AS OF THE DATE HEREOF THERE ARE NO CLAIMS
OR OFFSETS AGAINST OR DEFENSES OR COUNTERCLAIMS TO ITS OR ANY OBLIGATED PARTIES'
OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND
THE DOCUMENTATION RELATING TO THE DEPOSIT AND CASH MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

                  [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

                                       78

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        BORROWER:

                                        EZCORP, INC.

                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Daniel N. Tonissen
                                            Senior Vice President

                                        Address for Notices:

                                        1901 Capital Parkway
                                        Austin, TX 78746
                                        Fax No.: (512) 314-3404
                                        Telephone No.: (512) 314-2289
                                        Email: dtonissen@ezcorp.com
                                        Attention: Daniel N. Tonissen
                                                   Chief Financial Officer

                                        With a courtesy copy to:

                                        Connie Kondik
                                        Vice President & General Counsel
                                        EZCORP, Inc.
                                        1901 Capital Parkway
                                        Austin, TX 78746
                                        Fax No.: (512) 314-3463
                                        Telephone No.: (512) 314-3462
                                        Email: connie_kondik@ezcorp.com

        (Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement)

<PAGE>

                                        AGENT, ISSUING BANK AND LENDERS:

                                        WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Agent, Issuing Bank and a Lender

                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Vito Carbone
                                            Senior Vice President

                                        Address for Notices:

                                        111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2200
                                        Austin, Texas 78701
                                        Fax No.: (512) 344-7299
                                        Telephone No.: (512) 344-7231
                                        Email: zcarbon@wellsfargo.com
                                        Attention: Vito Carbone

                                        Address for Operational Notices:

                                        Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
                                        1700 Lincoln, 3rd Floor
                                        MAC # C7300-034
                                        Denver, Colorado 80274
                                        Fax No.: (303) 863-5533
                                        Telephone No.: (303) 863-5415
                                        Email: kevin.j.rapp@wellsfargo.com
                                        Attention: Kevin J. Rapp

                                        with a copy to:

                                        Winstead, Sechrest & Minick P.C.
                                        5400 Renaissance Tower
                                        1201 Elm Street
                                        Dallas, Texas 75270
                                        Fax No.: (214) 745-5390
                                        Telephone No.: (214) 745-5265
                                        Email: rmatthews@winstead.com
                                        Attention: T. Randall Matthews, Esq.

                                        Lending Office for Base Rate Advances
                                        and Eurodollar Advances:

                                        111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2200
                                        Austin, Texas 78701

        (Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement)

<PAGE>

                                        GUARANTY BANK,
                                        as a Lender

                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Dan Leonard
                                            Vice President

                                        Address for Notices and Applicable
                                        Lending Office:
                                        301 Congress Avenue, Suite 300
                                        Austin, TX 78701
                                        Fax No.: (512) 320-1041
                                        Telephone No.: (512) 320-1273
                                        Attn: Dan Leonard

                                        Lending Office for Base Rate Advances
                                        and Eurodollar Advances:

                                        8333 Douglas Avenue, 2nd Floor
                                        Dallas, TX 75225
                                        Attn: Loan Support

        (Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement)

<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE 1.1(a)

                          Revolving Credit Commitments

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Lender:                   Revolving Credit Commitment:
                -------                   ----------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association           $23,500,000.00
Guaranty Bank                                    $16,500,000.00
                                                 --------------
Total:                                           $40,000,000.00
                                                 ==============
</TABLE>

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00111-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00111-of-00352.parquet"}]]